THE
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST

Issued by the
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales

Edited by
A. F. BASSET HULL, M.B.E., F.B.Z.S.
and TOM IREDALE, F.B.Z.S.

Vol. 10—Part 1 . TP Onten

Sydney, December 19, 1941.

(Price, 7/6).

All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary,
Box 2399 M.M., General Post Office, Sydney.

Sydney:
The Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Pty., Ltd., 29 Alberta St., Sydney.

London:
Wheldon & Wesley, Ltd., 2, 3, and 4 Arthur Street, New Oxford Street, W.C.2.

Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical.

Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales.
Established 1879.
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917).

=
Patrons.

His Excellency the Governor of New South Wales,
The Lord Wakehurst, K.C.M.G.

Sir Philip Woolcott Game, G.B.E., K.C.B., D.S.O.

COUNCIL, 1941-42.
President: Gregory Macalister Mathews, C.B.E.

Vice-Presidents:

Gilbert P. Whitley, F.R.Z.S., A. F. Basset Hull, MBE., F.R.ZS.,
Albert Littlejohn, and Noel Lee Roberts.

Members:
Ernest John Bryce, F.R.G.S. Frank Marshall, C.M.G., DDS.
Neville William Cayley, F.R.Z:S. Theodore Cleveland Roughley,
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. BSc., F.R.ZS.
Garnet Halloran, B.Sc., M.D., Albert Sherborne Le Souef,

FRACS., FRCS. (Ed.). CM.ZS.

Edward John Lees Hallstrom. Emil Herman Zeck.
Charles Francis Laseron.

Officers:

Honorary Secretary: A. F. Basset Hull.
Assistant Honorary Secretary: Miss Betty French.
Honorary Treasurer: Phillip Shipway.
Honorary Editors: A. F. Basset Hull and Tom Iredale, F’s.R.Z.S.
Honorary Librarian: Keith A. Hindwood, C.F.A.0.U.
Honorary Auditor: Robert John Stiffe, F.C.A. (Aust.).

OFFICERS OF SECTIONS (1941-42).

Avicultural Section. Marine Zoological Section.
Chairman: A. H. Brain. Chairman: Miss Maisie Golding.
Hon. Secretary: Hon. Secretary: Harry B. Lee.

Miss Joan Davies.
Budgerigar ‘Section. Ornithological Section,
Chairman: R. J. Murray. Chairman: P. A, Gilbert.

Hon. Secretary: F. Brennan. Hon. Secretary: J. Allen Keast.

ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.
By G. P. WHITLEY.
(By permission of the Trustees of The Australian Museum, Sydney.)
(Plates i.-ii. and text-figures.)

Some noteworthy fishes, examined in recent years, are described or
illustrated in this paper, with notes on distribution, taxonomy, and other
matters. As in my “Illustrations of some Australian Fishes”, published in
the Australian Zoologist, ix., December, 1940, I have not repeated such
references to literature as can be found in McCulloch’s “Check-List”
(Australian Museum Memoir, v., 1929).

I am indebted to Dr. H. Thompson, of the C.S.I.R. Marine Biological
Laboratory, Cronulla, New South Wales; to Messrs. H. Longman and T. C.
Marshall, of the Queensland Museum, Brisbane; and to Mr. K. Salter,
Curator of the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney, for placing rare
and valuable specimens at my disposal. Mr. G. C. Clutton, of the Australian
Museum, took the photographs.

Some of the fishes mentioned hereunder have potential economic im-
portance and correct classification is a first step towards systematic
knowledge of them. A new Ophidiid from the Great Australian Bight may
prove a good food-fish in the future. Several remarkable larval or young
fishes are recorded from Australia for the first time, and the juvenile stages
of morwongs and trumpeter discussed. A few notes made in overseas
museums before the war have been included.

Family CLUPEIDAE.
ESCUALOSA ABBREVIATA (Cuv. & Val., 1847).

I was unable to trace the type of Harengula abbreviata Cuv. & Val.,
1847, in the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, where the only
specimen so-called was “acquis en échange du Musée Australien de Sidney,
21 Juin, 1866. No. 14 = 4180”. This was the same species as Kowala
castelnaui Ogilby, 1897, from Sydney, whose name is obviously a synonym
of abbreviata which belongs to my genus Escualosa, 1940.

Genus CLupPALosA Bleeker, 1849.
CLUPALOSA BULAN Bleeker, 1849.
(Fig. 1.)

Clupalosa bulan Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Genootsch., xxii., 1849, Ichth. Madura,
p. 12. Madura, East Indies. Jd. Bleeker, ibid., xxiii., 1850, p. 11, and
XXiv., 1852, p. 30.

Clupea (Harengula) bulan Bleeker, Atlas. Ichth., vi., 1872, p. 110, pl. cclxvi.,
fig. 5. Id. Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Arch., ii., 1913, pp.
69 and 73.

Harengula bulan Paradice and Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus., ix., 1, 1927, pp. 79
and 97 (Darwin).

Here figured from the young specimen, 34 mm. in standard length,

2 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

recorded from Darwin in 1927. Austr. Mus. Regd. No. IA.1,527. It has the
following characters:—D.i., 17; A.19; Sc. 37; Tr., 12 to 13. Twelve predorsal
scales. Adipose eyelids narrow. Mouth small, upper jaw notched at sym-
physis. Rudimentary teeth on palate. Venules on cheeks and shoulders.
Depth one-third standard length. Scales numerous, without transverse
ridges. Dorsal origin nearer snout than tail. Scaly sheaths to dorsal and
anal fins. Margins of fins rounded. Pectorals long and pointed. Sixteen
plus ten ventral scutes.

Coloration plain yellowish in formalin, some large dark chromatophores
on snout, along dorsal base, median line of back, and looping upper half of
caudal peduncle; fins infuscated.

Fig. 1. Herring, Clupalosa bulan. Young from Darwin, N.T.

Family ENGRAULIDAE.
Genus TuHrissina Jordan and Seale, 1925.

Thrissina Jordan and Seale, Copeia, 1925, p. 30; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
Ixvii,, 11,°1926: pats: Orthotype, “Clupea boelama Forskal”’ [Non-
binomial vernacular name = Clupea baelama Bloch and Schneider,
Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 429] = Thrissina baelama. Id. Hardenberg, Nat.
Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., xciii., 2, 1933, p. 243 (regarded as = Thrissa, but
that genus has much longer maxillary).

Maxillary not extending to gill-opening. Lower jaw included. Teeth
even, no canines. Gill-rakers 23 or 24 on lower branch of first gill-arch.
Scaies firm. No silvery lateral stripe. Vertebrae 39 to 42. Ventral scutes
weak, almost hidden by scales, none before pectorals in the Red Sea geno-
type, but there are five in the Queensland species, destuaria. No enlarged
alar scales on caudal. Caudal peduncle short below. Dorsal fin preceded
by a spine. Anal base behind level of dorsal. Anal rays 31 to 34. Upper-
most pectoral ray pointed but not produced, reaching ventral origin.

Close to Scutengraulis but has weaker ventral scutes, fewer vertebrae
and anal rays, and shorter anal base in relation to standard length.
THRISSINA AESTUARIA (Ogilby, 1910).
(Fig. 2.)
Anchovia aestuaria Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., xxiii. November, 1910, p. 4.

WHITLEY. 3

Brisbane River, Queensland. Holotype in Amat. Fisherm. Assoc. Qld.
coll., Brisbane; co-types in Queensland and Australian Museums. Id.
Ogilby, Fish. Rept. Qld. 1910-1911 (1912), append.

Engraulis nasutus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vii., 1882, p. 319. (One
of De Vis’ specimens in Aust. Mus. examined.) Jd. Saville-Kent, Great
Barrier Reef, 1893, pp. 301 and 370. (Brisbane records.) Not Engraulis
nasutus Castelnau, 1878, from the Norman River, North Queensland.

Here illustrated from one of Ogilby’s co-types (regd. No. 1.9498) in The
Australian Museum, and measuring 122 mm. in standard length. It has
five scutes before the pectoral base and eight behind the ventral fin, the
intermediate ones obscured by scales.

Locality.—Brisbane River, Queensland.

Fig. 2. Anchovy, Thrissina aestuaria. Co-type, Brisbane River, Qld.
Genus ScUTENGRAULIS Jordan and Seale, 1925.
SCUTENGRAULIS SCRATCHLEYI (Ramsay and Ogilby, 1886).

(Fig. 3.)

Engraulis scratchleyi Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2),
i., May 25, 1886, p. 18. Strickland River, New Guinea. Holotype (No.
B.9951) in Australian Museum. Jd. Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-
Austr. Arch., ii., 1913, p. 34. Id. Weber, Nova Guinea, ix., 1913, pp. 517,
604 & 607 (Lorentz River). Jd. Regan, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, xx., 2,
1914, p. 276 (Mimika River, Dutch N.G.). Jd. Fowler, Mem. Bish. Mus.,
x, LO28) psoas

GPW.

Fig. 3. Anchovy, Scutengraulis scratchleyi. Holotype, Strickland River,
New Guinea.

4 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Anchovia scratchleyi Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., xxv., 1905
(1906), p. 188.

Thrissocles scratchleyi Fowler, Mem. Bish. Mus., xi., 1934, p. 387, and Bull.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 100, xiii., 1940, p. 670.

This species has not hitherto been figured, so I supply a drawing of
Ramsay and Ogilby’s holotype. I have also seen a New Guinea specimen
in the Queensland Museum.

In Jordan and Seale’s “Review of the Engraulidae” (Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool. Harvard, Ixvii., 11, May, 1926) this species enters the subfamily Stole-
phorinae and genus Scutengraulis, having ventral scutes continuous from
throat to vent, and the dorsal fin preceded by a short free spine.

Family GALAXIDDAE.
GALAXIAS BONGBONG Macleay, 1881.
(Plate i., fig. 4.)
Here figured from the lectotype of the species, a specimen 68 mm. in
standard length, from Bong Bong, New South Wales, kindly lent for illus-

tration by the Curator of the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney, where
the co-types are preserved.

Family ALEPOCEPHALIDAE.
BINGHAMICHTHYS, gen. nov.
Orthotype, Binghamia microphos Parr, 1937 = Binghamichthys microphos.

This new name is necessary to replace Binghamia Parr (Bull. Bingham
Oceanogr. Coll., iii., 7, August, 1937, pp. 2, 7 and 22), which is preoccupied
by Binghamia Tutt, Brit. Butterflies, iii, 1908, pp. 41 and 43, if not by
Binghami Brown, 1827, in Mollusca.

Family ASTRONESTHIDAE.

Stomiatoid fishes with adipose dorsal fin present and no scales on
body. Dorsal fin inserted behind level of vent, its base in advance of that
of anal fin. Body elongate, naked.

Genus ASTRONESTHES Richardson, 1845.

Astronesthes Richardson, Zool. Voy. Sulphur, i., Fish, 1845, p. 97. Haplotype,
A. nigra Richardson, from China (?).

Stomianodon Bleeker, Verh. Batav. Genootsch., xxii., 1849, Ichth. Faun.
Bali. wp: 10: Haplotype, S. chrysophekadion Bleeker, from Bali, East
Indies.

Phaenodon Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, xviii,, 1850 (January 24, 1852), p.
250. Haplotype, P. ringens Lowe, from Madeira.

Phaenodus Goode and Bean, Spec. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1895, Ocean, Ichth.,
p. 105. For Phaenodon Lowe.

“Stomiatella C.” Roule and Angel, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, Ixxix., 1930, p.
16, pl. i., figs. 8-9.

The interesting larval fish described below may be a young Astronesthes
whose adult form and whose species are unknown. It is, however, not
certain that it belongs to this genus and since Roule and Angel’s larval
name Stomiatella has been applied in part to other genera by Beebe and

WHITLEY. 5

Crane (Zoologica, xxiv., 2, July 31, 1939, pp. 67, 74 and 75), it seems advis-
able to provide a distinctive new subgeneric name for the Australian fish.
I therefore propose Warvreenula, subg. nov. with the new species lupina as
orthotype. It differs markedly from adult Astronesthes in characters of
dentition, alimentary canal, lack of ventral fins, light-organs and barbel,
but how far these differences may be due to metamorphosis can only be
determined when larger specimens can be obtained. It agrees with no
species in Regan and Trewavas’ recent revision (Dana Rept., v., 1929).

ASTRONESTHES (WARREENULA) LUPINA, subg. et sp. nov.
(Fig. 5.)

D., 14; A., 13; P., 2; V.O.; C., 18. About 50 myotomes. Size small, general
facies as shown in the figure.

Head about one-fifth length, with gaping jaws, the lower longer.
Maxillary broad, with about nine larval teeth along edge. Snout slightly
excavate above. Eye oblique, oval, not pedunculate. No barbel. Gill-
rakers present. Nape slightly tumid.

Body elongate, with six large black pigment-spots on sides. No lateral
line. Alimentary canal with iong free posterior portion. Intestine not yet
enclosed by myomeres. No yolk-sac.

Dorsal fin fan-like, on elevated base, in advance of caudal peduncle
and with finfold before and behind. Anal base similar to dorsal, entirely

t
(@

CK

Fig. 5. Little Wolf, Astronesthes (Warreenula) lupina. Holotype,
New South Wales.

behind level of dorsal, with finfold anteriorly only. Caudal bilobed. Pec-
toral pads with fringe of rays. No ventral fins; I cannot trace a rudiment
unless it be under the fourth pigment spot.

Whitish with six black spots along sides, more widely spaced anteriorly;
other groups of chromatophores before dorsal and anal bases and along
free alimentary canal. A pair of spots between pectorals.

Less than 1 inch long (20 mm. in standard length or nearly 24 mm.
over all).

Locality—Off Port Stephens, New South Wales; M.V. ‘“Warreen’”
station, 55/38 = 32° 40’S. x 152° 22’R. Netted 27/9/1938. Type in C.S.LR.
Marine Biological Laboratory, Cronulla, New South Wales.

New record (family, genus and species) for Australia.

6 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Family IDIACANTHIDAE.
Genus STyLOPHTHALMUS Brauer, 1902.
STYLOPHTHALMUS PARADOXUS Brauer, 1902.
(Fig. 6.)

? Idiacanthus fasciola Peters, Monatsb. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1876 (1877),
p. 847. Northern Australia and New Guinea.

Stylophthalmus paradorus Brauer, Zool. Anzeiger, xxv., 1902, p. 298. Indian
Ocean, Antarctic Seas, and south of Capetown. Id. Brauer, Verh.
Deutsch. Zool. Gesellsch., xii., 1902, p. 56, figs. Jd. Chun, Tiefen Welt-
meeres, 1903, p. 577 and fig. Jd. Brauer, Wiss. Ergeb. Deutsch. Tiefsee
Exped., xv., 1, 1906, p. 66, pl. v., et ibid., xv., 2, 1908, p. 178 and anat. figs.
And of later authors.

This curious genus and species was originally described by Brauer from
south of Capetown, Antarctic Seas, and the Indian Ocean. In his “Valdivia”
report (loc. cit., 1906), he gave figures and an extended description, based
on 35 specimens, many of them additional to the original series, and re-
corded fresh localities. It is probable that more than one species is con-
fused under the specific name, but we may follow Chun (1903) who indicated
that the form shown in Brauer’s “Valdivia”, pl. v., fig. 6, came from the
equatorial Indian Ocean, so that specimen may be regarded as lectotype
and that locality as typical. The type-specimens are in the Berlin Museum,
where I saw them in November, 1937.

Fig. 6. Stalk-eyed Marvel, Stylophthalmus paradoxus. New South Wales.

Since Brauer’s time, Stylophthalmus has been demonstrated to be a
larval form common to several different kinds of deep-sea fishes, but the
name may be retained until the exact identity of the typical adult can be
determined. In this connection, see especially Beebe, Zoologica, xvi., 4,
1934, pp. 149-241, figs. 47-81.

I was surprised to find one of these larvae in a collection of surface
fishes from New South Wales made by the M.V. “Warreen”. It seems best
to use Brauer’s name for this until further investigation shows whether it
be true paradozrus or not.

The Australian specimen may be thus described; because of its small
size it is impossible to give exact fin-counts, etc.

Head depressed, “duck-billed”’, lower jaw longer, the mouth with spaced

WHITLEY. 7

teeth along margin. Eyes at end of long stalks. Brain visible through
skull.

Body, very elongate, compressed, about a millimetre deep. A single
row of spaced melanophores along each side, about 64 to origin of dorsal
fin and 71 to base of vent, where the alimentary canal proceeds free of the
body for some distance, reaching caudal, but less than length of eye-stalks.

Dorsal fin preceded by a fin-fold, its origin in posterior fifth of body;
there appear to be 30 main rays with incipient rays anteriorly and
posteriorly. Anal originating below hinder part of dorsal, with 17 rays.
Pectorals just behind head with fleshy bases. No ventrals. Caudal forked.

It differs in proportions and fin-counts from Brauer’s pl. v., fig. 6, which
is more like my specimen than his other figures.

Translucent whitish or yellowish, the eyes very dark grey. Rows of
blackish spots along sides for most of length. Free portion of alimentary
canal speckled.

Length about 13 inches or 40 mm.

Locality—Sixteen miles E.N.E. of Point Perpendicular, New South
Wales. “Warreen” station, 142/39; net 200 horizontal; 30/5/1939. C.S.LR.
collection, Marine Biological Laboratory, Cronulla, New South Wales.

New record for New South Wales and for Australia, too, unless it be
the young of Idiacanthus fasciola Peters, 1877, a tropical species.

Family PLOTOSIDAE.
Genus PorocHiILus Weber, 1913.
POROCHILUS OBBESI Weber, 1913.

Porochilus obbesi Weber, Nova Guinea, ix. (4), 1913, pp. 523, 604 and 607, figs.
4-5. Lorentz River, south New Guinea. Jd. Weber and Beaufort, Fish.
Indo-Austr. Archip., ii., 1913, p. 235, figs. 94-95. Id. Fowler, Mem. Bish.
Mus., x., 1928, p. 63.

Two specimens, up to 24 inches long, from Yam Creek (nine miles from
Brock’s Creek, railway line south from Darwin), Northern Territory of
Australia, were collected many years ago by A. Morton (Regd. Nos. A.4823a
and I.B.618).

New record for Australia, and, since the genus and species is otherwise
known only from southern New Guinea, another indication of the uni-
formity of the Leichhardtian fluvifaunula.

NEOSILURUS MORTONI, sp. nov.
(Fig. 7.)

Head (35 mm.), 4.8; depth (32), 5.3 in standard length (170). Pre-
anal length, 65 mm. Predorsal length, 49 mm. Caudal fin, 25 mm. Eye
(8), less than snout (13) and interorbital (10) and 4.3 in head. Nasal
barbel (13 mm.) equal to the snout, which is broader.than long. Maxillary
barbel (18) reaching to behind eye. Mandibulary barbel (21) reaching to
beyond gill-opening below, not reaching pectoral base. Mental barbel (12.5)
shortest of all. Lips not markedly plicate. Upper jaw the longer. Width
of mouth subequal to interorbital. Brown, blunt, peg-like teeth in jaws,
and a group of spaced molariform teeth on vomer; crowns of some mandi-
bular teeth rounded. Anterior nostril on each side of head above upper
jaw; opening laterally. Orbit with free margin. Opercle with radiating
striae. Fifteen gill-rakers on lower branchial arch, their inner basal mem-

8 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

brane with knob-like processes. Gill-membranes united, free of isthmus.

Body very compressed, lanceolate. Skin smooth, without filaments.
Lateral line almost’ straight. An anal papilla, but no dendritic appendage.
An axillary pore present. Dorsal spine (14 mm.) pungent, with small
serrations behind, granular anteriorly. Distal portions of dorsal and pec-
toral spines cartilaginous, forming a kind of rayed membrane between
osseous tip of spines and first rays of fins. Four branched dorsal rays.
Dorsal base behind level of pectoral base. Height of first dorsal fin not

Fig. 7. Morton’s Tandan, Neosilurus mortoni. Holotype, Yam Creek,
Northern Territory.

nearly as much as depth of body below it. Procurrent (caudodorsal) fin
very low, not nearly reaching half-way along fish, and well behind level of
ventrals. Preanal length 1/3rd of total. Anal fin long and high, with about
80 rays, the last connected with caudal fin. Pectorals with a serrated
spine and seven rays. Ventrals with twelve rays. Caudal with 19 rays,
asymmetrical, its axis sloping obliquely downwards, its margin convex.

Colour, after long preservation in alcohol, brownish, with numerous
punctulations on head and fins. May have been greyish or silvery in life.
Barbels and teeth dark brown.

Length 72 inches overall. Distinguished from its allies by its fin-
formulae, gill-rakers, barbels, proportions, and reduced caudodorsal pro-
current fin.

Locality —Yam Creek (nine miles from Brock’s Creek, railway line south
from Darwin), Northern Territory of Australia; coll. A. Morton, 1879, Austr.
Mus., Regd. No. A.4,824.

This species is named in honour of Alexander Morton (1855 ?—1907)
who collected specimens for The Australian Museum in many parts of
Australia, the South Sea Islands, New Guinea and Lord Howe Island.

Family TAcHYSURIDAE.
COCHLEFELIS, gen. Nov.
Orthotype, Arius spatula Ramsay and Ogilby, 1886.

Head very long and depressed, wider than deep, protected above by an
exposed, granulated casque. Top of the spatulate snout membranous.
Fontanelle narrow posteriorly. Nostrils approximate, the posterior valvular;
no nasal barbels. Eyes small, adnate to head, behind level of mouth. No
preorbital cavity. Maxillary, mandibulary, and mental barbels attenuate,
fairly elongate. Mouth capacious, wider than interorbital. Lips thick, the
upper produced posteriorly in a lobe. Teeth villiform, in transverse, pluri-
serial bands on jaws and palatines. No naked symphysial area in upper

WHITLEY. 9

jaw; no backward strip of palatine teeth; no granuliform teeth. Teeth of
upper jaw overhanging lower jaw. Palatine teeth in small inner oval
patches contiguous to diverging outer patches.

Gill-openings very wide, gill-membranes united across isthmus, 12 gill-
rakers on lower limb of first branchial arch. Last branchiostegal ray not
expanded. Body elongate. Axillary pore minute. Vent inconspicuous.

Dorsal buckler moderate, granulated, saddleshaped, in close contact
with nuchal shield. Dorsal spine strong, subequal to postorbital, weakly
serrated, the serrae directed downwards; none of the fin-rays produced.
Origin of dorsal about mid-way between pectorals and ventrals. Adipose
fin large, mostly over anal, but its anterior margin in advance of level of
anal origin, its base longer than that of dorsal fin.

Base of anal less than head. Pectoral spine weakly serrated, shorter
than dorsal spine, the fin long. Ventrals with narrow bases. Caudal
strongly forked, free of anal.

Freshwater, New Guinea.

Cochlefelis differs from Arius Cuv. & Val., 1840 (tautotype, Pimelodus
arius Hamilton-Buchanan, 1822, from India) in having a very differently
shaped head and skull, the eyes being very small instead of very large; the
dorsal spine has no long, soft prolongation and there are fewer anal rays
than in typical Arius. The new genus differs from other Tachysurid genera
in the combination of characters defined above.

COCHLEFELIS SPATULA (Ramsay and Ogilby, 1886).

Arius spatula Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), i., May
25, 1886, p. 15. Strickland River, New Guinea. Holotype in Austr. Mus
Id. Weber, Nova Guinea, ix., 1913, pp. 538, 539 and 608. Jd. Weber and
Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Archip., ii., 1913, p. 296.

Netuma spatula Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., xxv., 1905 (December
15, 1906), p. 191.

Arius nudidens Weber, Nova Guinea, ix., 4, 1913, pp. 538, 604 and 608, fig. 15.
Lorentz River, New Guinea. Jd. Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr.
Archip., ii., 1913, p. 294, fig. 120. Id. Hardenberg, Treubia, xv., 4, 1936,
p. 369 (Digul River).

Tachysurus nudidens and spatula Fowler, Mem. Bish. Mus., x., 1928, p. 62.
On comparing the holotype of spatula with descriptions and figures of

nudidens it is apparent that these two nominal species are synonymous.

The slight differences in fin-counts and proportions of eyes and occipital

shields are either due to different methods of measuring or may be ac-

counted for by variation or changes with growth.

Range.—Strickland, Digul and Lorentz Rivers, southern New Guinea
(freshwater) .

TACHYSURUS (PARARIUS) BERNEYI, Sp. nov.
(Fig. 8, No. 5.)
DJ dee loses. lO Vi. 624 Celos

Head (38 mm.) 4, depth (30) 5 in length to end of middle caudal rays
(152). Width of head (27) greater than its height. Eye, 7.5 mm.; inter-
orbital, 18; snout, 13; width of mouth-opening, 16; maxillary barbel, 61;
mandibulary barbel, 40; mental barbel, 22.5; predorsal length, 54; inter-

10 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

dorsal, 40; pungent dorsal spine, 30; or with its extension, 43.5; pectoral
spine, 32; depth of caudal peduncle, 10.5.

Head wedge-shaped. Eye with free lid. Interorbital broad and flat.
Mouth well before level of eye. Premaxillary teeth villiform, pluriserial, in
a continuous band. Mandibular band divided at symphysis. Vomerine and
palatine patches of villiform teeth in contiguous rounded patches, without
backward extensions.

Maxillary barbel reaching to below posterior dorsal rays. Mandibulary
barbel reaching to inner pectoral rays. Mental barbels reaching beyond
gill-opening below head. Gjill-membranes united across isthmus at oblique
angle. 10 gill-rakers on lower limb of first gill-arch.

Cranial and occipital shields with small rounded granules, mostly em-
braced by smooth skin on top of head. Occipital shield longer than wide,
subtriangular and with median ridge. Predorsal shield small, crescentic,
hidden. Fontanelle lanceolate, longer than eye, tapering posteriorly.

Body rather robust. Lateral line obsolete before level of dorsal fin and
without anterior granulation. Axillary pore conspicuous.

Dorsal spine weakly serrated with long cartilaginous extension. Adi-
pose fin large, entirely over anal. Anal length subequal to its height and
about half head. Pectoral spine serrated posteriorly, the fin pointed and
nearly as long as head. Ventrals not reaching anal, their length equals
interorbital. Caudal forked, the upper lobe longer.

Greyish above, yellowish to whitish below, tips of fins somewhat dusky.
Eye bluish.

1 Lr

Fig. 8. Salmon Catfishes; No. 1, Netuma thalassina jacksonensis, holotype
of subspecies, from Sydney; 2, palatal teeth of same; 3, Tachysurus
(Pararius) godfreyi, holotype from Darwin; 4, palatal teeth of same; 5,
Tachysurus (Pararius) berneyi, holotype from Flinders River, Queensland.
(Block by courtesy of the Trustees of The Australian Museum) .

WHITLEY. 11

Described and figured from the holotype of the species, a specimen 7
inches overall. Austr. Mus., Regd. No. I.13,076.

Locality—Holotype and paratype (1.13,075) from pools of the Flinders
River, near Hughenden and Richmond, Queensland (freshwater). Twelve
smaller paratypes from Mapoon, western Cape York, Queensland, so the
species is evidently estuarine and fluviatile.

Named in honour of Mr. Frederick L. Berney, the well-known ornitho-
logist, who made a valuable collection of fishes in Central Queensland
nearly thirty years ago.

This new species is allied to T. (P.) proximus (Ogilby, 1898), of which I
recently figured a Broome specimen (Austr. Zool., ix., 4, December, 1940, p.
409, fig. 16), but differs in having much longer barbels, larger adipose dorsal
fin, head wider than high, more elongate fins and different body-proportions.
Other allied species are leptaspis Bleeker, 1863, graeffei Kner and Stein-
dachner, 1867, australis Gunther, 1867, and, perhaps, Neoarius curtisii,
Castelnau, 1878, from all of which berneyi differs in similar respects.

TACHYSURUS (PARARIUS) GODFREYI, Sp. Nov.
(Fig. 8, Nos. 3 & 4.)
Diets ASe1G Pas 9S Ve Geeelo

Head (89 mm.) nearly 3.6, depth (41) 7.8 in length to end of middle
caudal rays (320). Width of head (70) much greater than its height (about
39). Eye, 12 mm.; interorbital, 46; snout, 23; width of mouth-opening, 41;
maxillary barbel, 78; mandibulary barbel, 52; mental barbel, 30; predorsal
length, 114; interdorsal, 88; pectoral spine, 57; dorsal spine, 49; depth of
caudal peduncle, 20.

Eye small, elliptical, with free lid. Interorbital very broad and flat.
Mouth a little before level of eye. All teeth villiform, none granular. Pre-
maxillary teeth in continuous band. Vomerine teeth in contiguous patches,
followed by an isolated small patch of palatine teeth behind. A symphysial
gap in mandibular teeth.

Posterior nostrils valvular. Maxillary barbel reaching pectoral base.
Mandibulary barbels reaching gill-openings below. Mental barbels short.
Gill-membranes united across isthmus at oblique angle. A few short gill-
rakers. Opercles smooth. Suture between operculum and interoperculum
pronounced. Humeral process small, triangular, granulated. Cranial and
nuchal shields coarsely granulated. Occipital process wider than long, with
a median keel. Predorsal shield large, suboblong. Fontanelle moderate.
Occipital groove shallow. Branchiostegal membrane ragged.

Body entirely smooth, depressed anteriorly, compressed posteriorly;
back fairly level. Lateral line feebly developed on sides behind dorsal fin
and without lower fork on tail. Axillary pore minute. Vent nearer ventral
than anal base. Dorsal spine serrated near tip anteriorly (but not
posteriorly) and with two rows of granules near its origin which merge into
one row to the serrations. Adipose dorsal fin large, over anal fin, its base
more than its height and 3 in interdorsal space. Anal base and height
half length of head; anal border emarginate. Ventrals less than inter-
orbital, shorter than dorsal and not quite reaching anal. Pectoral spine
serrated behind. Caudal forked, upper lobe longer, but less than head.
Dark greyish above, silvery below, fins yellowish, dorsals and pectorals in-
fuscated grey.

12 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Described and figured from the holotype, a specimen 320 mm. or 13
inches long, from Port Darwin, Northern Territory; coll. Hugh W. Christie
and C. F. Godfrey, 1902 (Austr. Mus., Regd. No. 1.5,270).

From Pararius australis, proximus and grdeffei, the novelty differs in
the shape of the cranial and predorsal shields, also in proportions and
dentition. Hexanematichthys leptaspis or leptocassis Bleeker (Atl. Ichth.,
ii., 1862, p. 27, pl. Ixv., fig. 2) from S.W. New Guinea similarly differs and
has more anal rays.

Arius latirostris Macleay, is another Pararius which lacks the isolated
palatine tooth-patches and has a smaller predorsal shield, in these respects
being like berneyi from Queensland.

Genus Nretuma Bleeker, 1858.
NETUMA THALASSINA JACKSONENSIS, Subsp. nov.
(Fig. 8, Nos. 1 & 2.)
Dis Tse AS 4s ea il VeGe Ce 1d:
Head (84 mm.) 3.6, depth (60) about 5 in length to end of middle caudal
rays (305). Width of head at opercles (55) subequal to its height. Eye, 15
mm.; interorbital, 38; snout, 31; width of mouth-opening, 35; maxillary

barbel, 45; mandibulary barbel, 28; mental barbel, 18; predorsal length, 115;
interdorsal, 92; pectoral spine, 50; depth of caudal peduncle, 20.

Eye with free lid, except below and behind, where it is shelving. Inter-
orbital broad and flat. Mouth well before level of eye. All teeth villiform,
none granular. Premaxillary teeth in continuous band, sloping upwards
and backwards. Mandibular series with a gap at the symphysis. Vomerine
and palatine teeth in three contiguous patches on each side as figured.
Vomerine teeth extending some distance backwards.

None of the barbels reaching gill-opening. Gill-membranes united
across isthmus at oblique angle. Eight short gill-rakers on lower half of
first branchial arch. Opercles with few venules or striae. Suture between
operculum and interoperculum pronounced. Humeral process broad, with
waved radiating ridges. Cranial and nuchal shields weakly granulated,
covered by skin of head. Occipital process longer than wide, with a median
keel. Predorsal shield with lateral and backward-extending wings. Fon-
tanelle inconspicuous, lanceolate. Occipital groove fairly deep and long.

Body fairly compressed and elongated; back arched. Lateral line
obsolete below dorsal fin and forked on tail, without anterior granulation.
A small axillary slit. Predorsal length less than one-third length to end of
middle caudal rays. Vent nearer ventral than anal base.

Dorsal spine serrated before and behind with two rows of granules
towards its origin, longer than maxillary barbel. Adipose dorsal fin rather
long, one-fifth of interdorsal space and situated over middle anal rays.

Anal base subequal to its height and less than half head; anal border
concave.

Ventrals truncate, equal to interorbital, shorter than dorsal, and not
reaching anal. Pectoral spine similar to dorsal. Caudal fin damaged and
colour faded in the spirit specimen.

Described and figured from the holotype of the subspecies, a specimen
one foot long to end of middle caudal rays (Austr. Mus., Regd. No. I.10,095),
from Port Jackson, New South Wales. It is apparently a rare visitor to the

WHITLEY. 13

Sydney district, from which the Museum has a second Port Jackson
specimen, 2 ft. 3 in. in length. This paratype agrees with the described
example in general features, but has head 4 in length and ventral fins
long, about equal to width of head; the upper caudal lobe is the longer but
is less than length of head; these differences are probably sexual.

The Port Jackson type differs from true Bagrus thalassinus Ruppell
(Neue Wirbelth. Abyssin., Fische, 1837, p. 75, pl. xx., fig. 2) from Massowah,
Eritrea, in having the adipose fin farther forward in relation to posterior
anal rays, and different proportions of depth in length, snout in head, etc.,
but otherwise agrees very closely.

Family LEPTOCEPHALIDAE.
POUTAWA HABENATA LONGICAUDA (Ramsay and Ogilby, 1888) .
(Fig. 9.)

A young specimen, about 74 mm. long, and considerably more advanced
than the leptocephalus figured by me (Rec. Austr. Mus., xx., 1937, p. 8, fig.
3) has the following characters:—

Upper jaw longer, snout acute; lower jaw very sharply pointed. Mouth
reaching to below eye. Dentition not yet developed. No long larval teeth.
Eye higher than long and much longer than interorbital width. Snout
about 34 in head which is about 134 in length. Nostrils before eyes.

Body very elongate and compressed, its greatest height (about middle
of trunk) being less than head, tapering to acutely pointed tail-tip. About
113 myotomes, of which 30 or more are predorsal, and about 50 preanal.

Small pectoral fins present behind gill-slits. Dorsal originating in
anterior, anal in posterior half of fish, both fins with many rays well
developed. A broad, rayed caudal fin surrounds tail-tip.

General colour pale horn, the eye blue and silvery. A double row of
black chromatophores along belly to vent: anteriorly they are separated
and the pairs easily distinguished (60 or so to below dorsal origin), but
posteriorly the chromatophores coalesce into stripes which diverge and then
converge at the anus. A single row of chromatophores along anal base,
some fainter ones along dorsal base and middle of sides and tail. A V-shaped
group of chromatophores, pointing forwards, on throat before pectorals.

GPW. :
Fig. 9. Little Conger, Poutawa habenata longicauda. Young,
New South Wales.

S if
VALET Es WUD

CUM OT iii pa,

Described and figured from a young example, about 74 mm. or nearly
3 inches long. Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IB.547.

Locality —Jervis Bay, New South Wales; attracted to submarine light
aboard the “Warreen”, 7th October, 1940. Collected by Dr. D. L. Serventy,
C.S.I.R. Marine Biological Laboratory, Cronulla.

Subfamily ScALANAGOINAE.
Genus ScAaLanaco Whitley, 1935.
SCALANAGO LATERALIS Whitley, 1935.

Scalanago lateralis Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus., xix., September 19, 1935, p.
218, fig. 2. Bondi, N.S. Wales. Types in Austr. Mus.

14 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Mr. A. J. Fraser has presented a large specimen of this species from
Middleton Beach, Albany, Western Australia, where it was dug out of sand
on November 11, 1939. This greatly extends the range of the genus and
species, hitherto known only from near Sydney, New South Wales. The
specimen is 225 mm. or about 9 inches long and agrees in detail with the
eastern ones, except that it is of record size and has the following characters.
Maxillary hardly reaching to below middle of eye. Few, if any, teeth
external to mouth-opening. Lateral line with about 119 cross-canals and
with many pores over their courses; on most of the head the pores are more
conspicuous than the underlying canals. Pectoral fins shorter than upper
jaw, the margin more rounded. Head, 34 mm.; eye, 8; snout to vent, 79;
snout to dorsal origin, 38. Colour pale pearly grey to horn yellowish. Un-
paired fins with dark grey margins and thin pale borders. Snout gela-
tinous yellowish. Eye pale bluish.

New record for Western Australia. Probably the above differences may
all be accounted for by growth, otherwise the western form will require a
new subspecific name. Further specimens would be welcome, and it would
be interesting to know if the species occurs in intermediate localities.

Family OPHICHTHIIDAE.
Genus OPHICHTHUS Thunberg, 1789, sensu lato.
OPHICHTHUS DERBYENSIS, Sp. 2Ov.
(Fig. 10.)

Head (14 mm.) 18, depth (4) 64.5 in total length (258). Predorsal
length, 22 mm.; preanal length, 81. Eye (1) 2.75 in snout (2.75) and
slightly less than interorbital (1.1). Length of lower jaw nearly 4 mm.; of
gape, 4.25; pectoral, 3.5 mm. :

GPW.

Fig. 10. Snake Eel, Ophichthus derbyensis. Holotype, Derby, W. Australia.
Also dentition and head enlarged.

Head acutely pointed, upper jaw much longer than lower. A fleshy tip
to lower jaws; no cirrhi. Eye small, adnate to skin. Anterior nostrils large .
and flap-like, in upper lip anteriorly; posterior nostrils not far behind, less
conspicuous. Two or three teeth on intermaxillary, the largest a depressible
fang. All teeth conic, recurved; none granuliform. A single row of vomerine
canines with a group of enlarged teeth anteriorly. Maxillary teeth directed
backwards, in more than one row. Mandibulary teeth enlarged somewhat
anteriorly, in one to three rows. Tongue attached to floor of mouth, only
its tip free. Series of pores around eye and chin and on snout. Cleft of
mouth reaching to behind eye. Gill-slits lateral, their openings subequal to
eye and less than the distance between them. Jugostegalia present.

Body extremely elongate, smooth-skinned, slightly compressed, its
width not much less than depth. Lateral line continuous. Anus in anterior
third of fish. Dorsal fin originating just behind head, low for its entire

WHITLEY. 15

length. Anal similar to dorsal, but rays a little longer before end of tail.
Pectorals present, many-rayed. Tail-tip hard-pointed, free of fins.

Coloration, after long preservation in alcohol, uniform brownish yellow,
darker along back with a lighter area along each side of dorsal fin. Snout
brownish. A brownish mark at rictus and another on each side of head
posteriorly. Some dark blotches on dorsal and anal fins. No rings, spots
or bands on body. No white spots on nape. Eye bluish.

Described and figured from the holotype, a specimen 258 mm. or 103
inches overall. Austr. Mus., Regd. No. 1.840.

Locality —Derby, north-western Australia; C. Lees, 1886.

Allied to the Javanese Ophichthus lumbricoides (Bleeker, 1852), but
not so elongate, with lower dorsal fin, and different dentition (compare my
figure with Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., iv., 1864, p. 56, pl. clviii., fig. 3).

The proportions and dentition separate it from other described species
of the genus.

Family MYcTOPHIDAE.

ELECTRONA RISSO SALUBRIS Whitley, 1933.
(Fig. 11.)

Here illustrated from the holotype of the subspecies (Regd. No. E.5,701),
taken by the “Endeavour” in Victorian waters.

Fig. 11. Lantern Fish, Electrona risso salubris. Holotype of subspecies,
Victoria.

DASYSCOPELUS NAUFRAGUS Waite, 1904.

2? Myctophum asperum Richardson, Zool. Voy. Erebus & Terror, Fish., 1845,
p. 41, pl. xxvii., figs. 13-15. Habitat ?

Dasyscopelus naufragus Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., v., 3, March 11, 1904, p. 154,
pl. xviii., fig. 3. Lord Howe Island.

One specimen (Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IA.8,023), 36 mm. in standard .
length, from New South Wales (C.S.I.R. Coll.; M.V. “Warreen” station,
104/38: about 20 miles east of Port Hacking, netted).

New record for Australia.

16 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Family SyNGNATHIDAE.
LEPTONOTUS CARETTA (Klunzinger, 1879).
(Fig. 12.)

D. 24. Rings 17 + 42-44. Head 84-9. Trunk about 2 [or 3] in total
length. Snout 23 in head. Operculum with a short ridge anteriorly. Two
nuchal rings with median lengthwise ridge. Lateral ridge plain to the anal
shield; lacking on tail rings or only perceptible as an interrupted line. The
dorsal fin begins at the anterior end of the anal ring. Pectoral and caudal
fins present, anal fin very rudimentary. Body slightly higher than broad,
anteriorly, almost quadrangular.

Vili

~GRW.
Fig. 12. Tortoiseshell Pipefish, Leptonotus caretta. Holotype, Victoria.

[In October, 1937, I examined and sketched the holotype of this species
in the Wurttembergische Naturaliensammlung, Stuttgart. It was a female,
No. 1,810. The dorsal ridges are not continuous with the upper caudal
ridges. The medio-lateral ridge bends down on the 18th ring and
is also distinct from the caudal ridges. There is a median carina along
belly.] :

Colour: Brownish black; on the back, here and there at intervals, with
light tortoiseshell-like transverse blotches or crossbands at different in-
tervals from one another, about twelve in number.

Length, four inches.
Locality —Port Phillip, Victoria.

NANNOCAMPUS RUBER Ramsay and Ogilby, 1886.
(Fig. 13.)

Nannocampus ruber Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x., 4,
April 3, 1886, pp. 757 and 760, and of Australian lists. Shark Reef, Port
Jackson, N.S.W. Holotype in Austr. Mus. (Regd. No. B.9,199).

On working over some unclassified pipe fishes in the Australian Museum
recently, I was delighted to find a second Port Jackson specimen of this
curious species, hitherto known only from the female type. Although I have
often collected fishes at the type locality I have never obtained any specimens
of this rarity. Possibly it lives amongst red algae in fairly deep water?
Now I take this opportunity of figuring the species for the first time and
add further particulars to the rather brief original description.

Fig. 13. Red Pipefish, Nannocampus ruber. fie
Holotype, Port Jackson, New South Wales. mu id
Also head enlarged. GPW

The holotype has the gill-slits fused, the true gill-opening being small
and pore-like, superior. Anterior portions of eyes closer together than
posterior. Lower profile of snout straight, upper concave. Top of head

WHITLEY. 17

with thick mucus canals which extend forwards to between nostrils. Oper-
culum smooth. Dorsal fin on tail-rings 2 and 3.

Total length, 113 mm. Snout, nearly 3. Depth of head (2), a trifle less
than depth or width of trunk, but equal to caudal (2). Preanal length, 35.
Eye and caudal peduncle less than 1 mm.

The second specimen (Regd. No. IB.560) from South Head, Sydney, has
a much longer dorsal fin, with about 26 rays and extending over 6 tail-
rings, the snout is blunter and the caudal fin reduced, but in all other
characters it agrees well with the type. It is apparently a female as there
is no brood pouch.

SOLEGNATHUS ROBUSTUS NASO, Suwbsp. nov.
DD. 345 2002), Rings, 26 55:
Head (c. 78 mm.), about 5.7 in length (c. 445), and 2.2 in trunk (175).

Snout (50) 1.2 in head, its depth (8) 6.2 in its length. Eye more than 5
in snout.

Tail little more than distance between pectorals and vent, its depth
behind dorsal, nearly 33 in base of that fin.

General characters as in S. robustus McCulloch, 1911, but dorsal base
less than length of snout, and snout more elongated (with consequent
alteration in head-proportions) than in the true South Australian
robustus.

Medio-lateral ridge of body continuous with dorsal ridge of tail. Each
scute with an elevated central blunt spine, from which radiate series of
crude tubercles.

Described from the holotype of the subspecies, a slightly damaged
specimen, about 17 inches long (Austr. Mus., Regd. No. 1.14,837).

Locality—Purchased in the fish market, Auckland, New Zealand,
January 13, 1919; coll. Charles Hedley.

Family ATHERINIDAE.
ATHERINOSOMA MICROSTOMA LINCOLNENSIS, subsp. nov.
DV lea i Pies Ue Vele ot Calo OC oO recht nil.
Predorsal Sc., 16. Preanal Sc., 9. Interdorsal Sc., 8.

Head (12 mm.) 4.1; depth (6) 8.3 in standard length (50). Eye, 5 mm.;
interorbital, 4; snout, 3; caudal peduncle depth, 3; pectoral fin, 8.5.

Form elongate, compressed; anterior portions of back and belly not
keeled but flattened. Head scaly, except before the large eyes. One row of
cheek-scales. Interorbital flat. Preopercular ridges without spines; oper-
culum sinuously curved posteriorly. A series of pores on preorbital and
above and behind eyes. Mouth moderate, reaching eye, with small teeth
on jaws and apparently some microscopic ones on vomer. Mandibular rami
very elevated. Premaxillary processes little over half eye-diameter. Gill-
rakers slender, with tiny spines; about 15 on lower limb of first branchial
arch. Gill-slits wide, isthmus very narrow.

Body covered with large cycloid scales which are not crenulated. About
40 transverse and less than 8 longitudinal scale-rows. Three rows of scales
above lateral stripe. Vent well in advance of anal fin, situated between
inner ventral rays.

18 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Dorsal fins well separated, the first with seven slender spines whose
height is less than interdorsal space; no produced spines. Origin of first
dorsal slightly nearer muzzle than root of caudal. Anal base slightly longer
than that of second dorsal, but shorter than its distance from the caudal.
Anal origin in advance of that of second dorsal fin. Pectorals bluntly
pointed, highly inserted, the third ray longest. Ventral bases in advance of
level of first dorsal origin, their tips reaching beyond vent. Caudal forked.

Colour, in alcohol, pale yellowish above, white below. A broad silvery
stripe along middle of sides. Each scale of back with black margin. Top
of head dark with two prominent black blots over the brain. Opercies,
mouth and middle of chin infuscated. Eye silvery or bluish. Bases of all
fins dusky, though the fins themselves are whitish without dark markings.
A black-edged silvery band extends from ventral bases, past the vent, to
taper to the anal origin.

Described from the holotype of the subspecies, a specimen 50 mm. in
Standard length, the largest of seven of 37 to 50 mm., or 23 inches overall.

Locality——Port Lincoln, South Australia. Specimens forwarded by Sir
Gerald Mussen, of Melbourne, to Dr. D. L. Serventy. Austr. Mus., Regd.
Nos. IB. 662 and 664.

Differs from its allies in fin-formulae, in having slender body, dorsals
behind ventrals, and only about 40 transverse rows of scales.

Family MUuGILIDAE.
GRACILIMUGIL, gen. nov.

Orthotype, Mugil ramsayi Macleay, 1883.

Tropical Australian mullets with the following combination of charac-
ters, which distinguishes them from other Mugilidae. Snout shorter than
eye. No adipose eyelid. Lower jaw terminal. Upper lip fairly thick. Maxil-
lary not hidden. Mandibulary angle obtuse. No teeth. Lips very finely
ciliated, without papillae. Palate hard. Preorbital margin serrated. Slope
of opercular margin steep. Gill-rakers extremely numerous, about as long
as gill-fringes. Pseudobranchiae small.

Body compressed, form graceful; rostro-dorsal profile convex. Depth,
34 to 4 in standard length.

Scales in about 36 transverse rows. About 24 predorsal scales.

First dorsal origin much nearer caudal base than to snout. Scales
extend on to soft dorsal and anal fins. Anterior half of anal before level
of second dorsal. Eleven anal rays. Pectoral base above middle of body,
a dark mark at its axil, no axillary scale; pectoral fin shorter than head.
Depth of caudal peduncle about half length of head. Upper caudal lobe
the longer. Coloration plain, pectorals not dusky.

Gracilimugil differs from true Mugil Linné, 1758 (logotype, M. cephalus
L.), notably in having the upper lip thickened, eleven anal rays, and in
lacking adipose eylids.

GRACILIMUGIL RAMSAYI (Macleay, 1883).
(Fig. 14.)

Mugil ramsayi Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, viii., 2, July 17, 1883,
p. 208. Burdekin River, Queensland. Types (Regd. Nos. IA.5,944-5,946)
in Austr. Mus., Sydney.

I select the largest of Macleay’s specimen (200 mm. standard length or

WHITLEY. 19

103 in. over all) as lectotype and figure it here (Austr. Mus., Regd. No.
IA.5,944).

It has D.iv./i., 9; A.iii., 11; P.i., 15; C., 12 branched rays.

Sc. 37 to hypural bend. L.tr. 13 below first dorsal origin. Labial cilia
very fine, invisible to naked eye. The anal fin-formula is 3/11 (misprinted
3/1 in Macleay’s description). Anal origin equidistant from origins of first

Fig. 14. Ramsay’s Mullet, Gracilimugil ramsayi. Lectotype, Burdekin
River, Queensland. Also ventral surface of head.

dorsal, ventral, and hypural joint. Other characters as defined for the
genus or as described by Macleay.

Locality Burdekin River, Queensland; brackish water.

Genus OEDALECHILUS Fowler, 1904.

Oedalechilus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., lv., 1903 (1904), p. 748.
Orthotype, Mugil labeo Cuvier, Régne Anim., ed. 2, ii., April, 1829, p.
233, from the Mediterranean; figured by Cuvier and Valenciennes, pl.
310.

Muliets with no adipose eyelids. Upper lip deep, crenulated and
papillate; no cilia. Lower lip curled outwards and downwards, its edges
crenulated or entire. No teeth. Otherwise mostly as in Mugil.

Key to Australian species:—
A. Rostro-dorsal profile almost straight. Lower lip crenulated.

A lenticular-shaped gap along chin between opercles anteriorly.
Pectoral tip below first dorsal spine... .. .. .. cirrhostomus.

AA. Back convexly arched. Lower lip entire. Opercles meeting
along median ventral line. Pectoral not reaching to below
first dorsal Spine. 4) 44) 22 oc, cee ete DEL TLLOStSs

OEDALECHILUS CIRRHOSTOMUS (Bloch and Schneider, 1801).

Mugil cirrhostomus Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 121. Ez
Forster MS. Pacific Ocean. Jd. Forster, Descr. Anim. (ed. Lichten-
Stein) , 1844, pp. 198 and 257. Tahiti (type) and Tanna, New Hebrides.

Mugil crenilabis Ogilby, Ann. Rept. Amat. Fisherm. Assoc., Qld., 1905-06

20 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

(1906), p. 9 (Southern Queensland). Id. Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus., xvi.,
1927, p. 11 (Michaelmas Cay, North Queensland).

Liza crenilabis McCulloch, Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 1929, p. 117. Not Mugil
crenilabis Forskal, non-binom. = Bonnaterre.

DAve/ic, o> AIS ee Scrs5. wun L0s = Predorsaloli:

Head (20 mm.), 3.6; depth (17.5), about 4 in standard length (73).
Snout (4), 5; eye (6), 3.3; interorbital (9); 2.2 in head. Posterior nostril
lunate, anterior pore-like. No adipose eyelids. Upper lip deep, its edge
crenulated, and its surface papillated, especially towards sides. No cilia.
Cleft of mouth much broader than deep. Lower lip reflected downwards,
crenulated. No teeth on jaws, vomer or palatines. Preorbital notched
anteriorly, denticulated posteriorly. Maxillary narrow, hidden under pre-
orbital. Gill-rakers numerous, slender, almost as long as gill-fringes. Free
interopercular space on chin broad, lenticular.

Body compressed, rather elongate; rostro-dorsal profile almost straight.
Scales extend on to soft dorsal and anal fins. Axillary scales to pectorals
and ventrals. Depth of caudal peduncle less than half length of head.

Origins of dorsal fins corresponding to 12th and 23rd body-scales. First
dorsal origin nearer base of tail than to snout. First dorsal spine reaching
more than half its distance from first dorsal ray. Anal origin in advance
of level of second dorsal origin. Pectoral slightly shorter than head, reach-
ing below first dorsal spine. Caudal emarginate. Coloration plain. Pectoral
axil dusky.

Described from a specimen 73 mm. in standard length or 3? inches
over all.

Locality—Lord Howe Island (‘“Thetis” Expedition), Austr. Mus., Regd.
No. I.4,081. New record for the island’s fauna.

Allied to the Red Sea crenilabis Bonnaterre, but differs from Klun-
zinger’s figure (Fische des Rothen Meeres, i., 1884, p. 132, pl. x., fig. 2) in
having Sc. 35 instead of 41, different proportions of head and depth in
standard length, and first dorsal origin much nearer root of tail.

OEDALECHILUS PAPILLOSUS (Macleay, 1883).
(Fig. 15.)

2? Mugil heterocheilos Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., ix., 1855, p. 198.
Batjan, East Indies. Id. Fowler, Mem. Bish. Mus., x., 1928, p. 126.

Mugil papillosus Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, viii., 2, July, 1883, p.
270, fig. of head. Normanby Island, New Guinea. Types in Austr. Mus.

? Mugil papillosus Tosh, Parlmt. Rept. Mar. Dept., Qld., 1902-03 (1903), p
19, pl. ii., fig. 3 (Moreton Bay).

Mugil heterochilus Weber and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Archip., iv., 1922,
p. 258. Id. Duncker and Mohr, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Hamburg., xlii., 1926, p.
130 (New Pomerania and Admiralty Iss.).

Liza papillosa Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Fish. Bur., xxv., 1905 (1906), p.
218. Id. McCulloch, Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 1929, p. 117.
The largest of three co-types of Mugil papillosus Macleay, in the Aus-

tralian Museum (Regd. No. 1.13,392) is now designated lectotype and

described and figured here.

WHITLEY. 21

This species differs from crenilabis and cirrhostomus in having no
crenulations along lower lips.

Divi, o; A. ni: 9: Py i, 14. Se..35.. Tr..10., _Predorsal-20:

Head (55 mm.), 4; depth (59), 3 in standard length (219). Snout (12),
4.6; eye (15), 3.7; interorbital (23) 2.4 in head.

Fig. 15. Fringed-lipped Mullet, Oedalechilus papillosus. Lectotype,
Normanby Island, New Guinea. Also ventral and front views of head.

Nostrils oval, posterior larger. Interorbital roundly convex. Eye large,
without adipose lids, 14 in postorbital. Upper lip deep, its lower half with
several rows of papillae. Lower lip entire, neither papillated nor crenu-
lated; symphysial knob double. No cilia or teeth. Preorbital notched
anteriorly, weakly denticulated posteriorly. Maxillary hidden under pre-
orbital or its tip only showing. Opercles meeting along median ventral line;
posterior margin of operculum subvertical.

Body compressed, rather deep, the dorsal profile convexly arched. Scales

extend on to soft dorsal and anal fins. Axillary scales present. Depth of
caudal peduncle (24 mm.) less than half head.

Origins of dorsal fins corresponding to 12th and 22nd body-scales. First
dorsal fin about midway between snout and caudal base. First dorsal spine
reaching more than half its distance from first dorsal rays. Anal origin in
advance of level of second dorsal origin. Pectoral slightly shorter than
head, not reaching to below first dorsal spine. Caudal emarginate.

Coloration plain silvery, dark along the back; pectoral axil with a dusky
blotch.

Described and figured from the lectotype of Mugil papillosus Macleay,
a specimen 219 mm. in standard length or nearly 11 inches over all.

Locality—Normanby Island, New Guinea; fresh water.

Macleay counted D. 4, 1/7, but in two of the types there are eight rays.
He also counted the small scales behind the hypural fold to give “L.lat.
38”.

Allied to Mugil heterocheilos Bleeker, but has comparatively larger
scales, more convex back, and more papillae on upper lip; however, these
differences may be found to be covered by variation, in which case Bleeker’s
name has priority.

22 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Genus SQuaALOmMuGIL Ogilby, 1908.

Squalomugil Ogilby, Ann. Qld. Mus., ix., October 14, 1908, pp. 3 and 28.
Orthotype, Mugil nasutus De Vis.

Mullets in which the snout is produced over the undershot mouth
giving a shark-like appearance to the head. Eyes small, probably pro-
truding and mobile in life, with obsolescent adipose lids. No true teeth.
Axis of body slightly curved, convex upwards. Pectoral fins large. About
thirty lateral scales; 12 predorsal scales on body plus five along top of
head. Allied to Rhinomugil Gill (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863, p. 169.
Orthotype, Mugil corsula Ham.-Buch.), but differs in having much larger
scales (about 30 instead of about 50), lower eye, curved axis, and different
relative positions of fins, judging from illustrations in Hamilton-Buchanan,
Eydoux and Souleyet, Day, and Hora. The Australian Museum has a
Calcutta specimen.

SQUALOMUGIL NASUTUS (De Vis, 1883).
(Fig. 16.)

Mugil nasutus De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vii., 4, April, 1883, p. 621.
Cardwell, Rockingham Bay, Queensland.

Squalomugil nasutus Paradice & Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus., ix., 1927, p. 96
(Adam Bay, Northern Territory), and of modern authors.

Now figured for the first time from one of De Vis’ co-types, Regd. No.
I.12,693, nine inches in total length, in The Australian Museum. De Vis’
description differs a little from this specimen; he overlooked the minute
first anal spine, whilst in this co-type the origin of the first dorsal fin is
nearer eye than caudal. Head, 50 mm.; depth, 40; standard length, 188;
snout, 11; eye, 7; and interorbital, 10. Coloration not described, now faded;
pectoral axil plain.

This species ranges from north Queensland to the Northern Territory
and is doubtless a good food fish, growing to at least ten inches long. Noth-
ing has been recorded about its habits, but its biology may be similar to
that of its Indian ally, Rhinomugil corsula, of which Hora (Journ. Nat.
Hist. Soc., Bombay, xl., 1, 1938, p. 62, coloured plate and 3 figs.) has given
a valuable and interesting description.

Since the above was written, Mr. T. C. Marshall, of the Queensland
Museum, has courteously sent me a copy of some field notes made during
July, 1941, for Mr. George Coates, of Townsville, by Mr. William Watkins,
of Cardwell, from which I quote the following :—

“". . There are plenty of them just about our area, but I have not
noticed them anywhere else; only on one occasion whilst on my return from
Brisbane, some 3 years ago. Whilst crossing what I should say is the Saint
Lawrence River I noticed some small ones coming up with the making
tide... .

“T cannot say I have seen them up to 12 inches. About 8 to 10 inches
as far as I know would be about the largest size I can call to memory. They
are exactly as described by you. Their eyes are really on top of their head,
and they swim always with the greater portion of the head and eyes out
of water. When disturbed they dive along just under water in short
advances just a few yards and then to the surface again. They frequent
mud flats or banks and live entirely on mud. They are always full of mud

WHITLEY. 23

and thus we know them as Mud Mullet. Where a mud bank say dips about
200 feet to the foot they can slide along till they are right out of water, and
after puddling with their snout in the mud for a few minutes slide back
into water. They are never found in deep water at all, and although they
frequent our locality (a few miles either side of the town and you never see
them). They are very hard to catch with an ordinary bait net, for they
just slide over the cork-line. A casting net is the only way outside shoot-
ing them. I am of the opinion they like the Burnett Salmon (Ceratodus),
are a lung fish, and, like the “gator”, etc., must have air, and very fre-
quently I have caught them for bait as they are good Barra bait. Have put
them in a bag to keep them alive and have found they have died after be-
ing submerged for a time. They apparently must have to come to the
surface for air. They are shaped like a mullet, only more curved... .

GRW

Fig. 16. Shark Mullet, Squalomugil nasutus. Co-type, Cardwell, Queensland.
Also top, front and ventral surface of head.

“Well, I am railing to-morrow the mullet specimens, but they are a poor
lot. I left home at 7 a.m. for Saltwater Creek armed with the cast net.
There were not a great number up there. Why, I cannot say. Well, after
chasing them for miles I fluked only one small one. They are too timid
and the net landed always feet behind them. They seem more frightened
than usual. I have caught a few with a cast net, but mostly shot them. I
got home for lunch and got my shot-gun and went towards the One Mile
Creek. There were not a great number about—mostly very small ones. At
any rate, I shot about eight of them and have put them in the specimen
tin. . . . I have seen them in big numbers—mostly in N.E. weather and in
the summer months. I have not noticed them north of Wreck Creek and
south of the One Mile Creek. Wreck Creek is 5 miles north of Cardwell,
and One Mile Creek 14 miles south of town. They do not go up the creeks,
but congregate around the mud banks at the mouths and on the mud flats
between both places. I have also seen them in Missionary Bay, which is a
big shallow bay like our own foreshore. They are rarely seen alone—mostly
in small schools, about 6 to 12. They will swim slowly north or southwards
till they find another small bunch, and so on, till they congregate into a
school; then they apparently split up again and so on. There appears to
be two kinds; whether male or female I do not know. Some have a more
pointed nose than others... .

“They can jump along in small jumps of a foot or so, but most dive

24 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

along in small advances, about 3 feet at a time, that is, when disturbed,
but when not disturbed swim along with portion of head and eyes out of
water. They have no windbag like other fish, and will drown very quickly
if kept under water and cannot live out of water... .”

Genus Muer Linné, 1758, sensu lato.
MUuGIL DUSSUMIERI, auct.
(New Hebrides form.)

Diivi/i. (62 Alli.97 Po. 2450s, O7.C., Lior 13.) (Se..30, Trea 0 Abous
18 predorsal scales.

Head (61 mm.), 3.8; depth (66) 3.5 in standard length (235). Snout
(14), 4.3; eye (15), 4; interorbital (30) 2 in head.

Posterior nostril a lunate slit, anterior pore-like. Scales of head cycloid,
some with mucous grooves. Snout shorter than eye. Adipose eyelids
present, partly covering eye. Interorbital half head-length. No definite
notch between nostrils to accommodate the upper lip, which is terminal,
thick. Maxillary mostly hidden by preorbital. Lips entire, without cilia or
papillae. Symphysial knob in lower jaw. Mandibulary angle obtuse. No
teeth on palate, but microscopic teeth along lips. Margins of preorbital
serrated. Slope of opercular margin steep. Opercles quite separated below
head by isthmus, the interopercular space open, tapering slightly anteriorly
and posteriorly. Gill-rakers numerous, decreasing rapidly in size anteriorly.
Pseudobranchiae moderate.

Body robust, deep; rostro-dorsal profile rising convexly. Depth about
34 to nearly 4 in standard length.

First dorsal origin mid-way between snout and caudal base. Second
dorsal origin about opposite 22nd scale. First dorsal origin mid-way be-
tween snout and caudal base. Axillary scales large at pectorals and ventrals.
Scales of body with crenulated membraneous borders. Scales extend on to
proximal parts of fins, except first dorsal and ventrals. Anterior half of
anal before level of second dorsal. Nine anal rays. Pectoral fin shorter
than head, lower part of its base about level of middle of body; no definite
dark mark at axil. Depth of caudal peduncle less than half head. Caudal
emarginate, its upper lobe slightly longer than lower. Coloration plain,
pectorals not dusky.

Described from the largest of six specimens, 3 to 12 inches over all,
from the New Hebrides, in The Australian Museum (Regd. Nos. 1.4,302,
6,374 and 13,759 to 13,761 from various donors. Only 1.6,374 has a precise
locality: Eraker Lagoon).

In young specimens, the maxillary is completely hidden by preorbital
and the teeth are invisible. The crenulated margins of the body-scales are
unsculptured in young, granulated in adult.

Family GabDIDAE.
Genus AuSTROPHYCIS Ogilby, 1897.
AUSTROPHYCIS MEGALOPS Ogilby, 1897.
(Fig. 17.)

Austrophycis megalops Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxii., 1, September
17, 1897, p. 91. Maroubra, New South Wales. Jd. McCulloch, Austr.
Zool., ii., 2, 1921, p. 32, and of lists.

WHITLEY. PAS,

Here figured from the holotype (Regd. No. 1.3,655) in The Australian
Museum. The specimen is very shrivelled about the thorax, the skin is
spongy and most of the scales are missing. The anal fin appears to
originate below the first dorsal fin rather than the dorsal interspace, as
stated by Ogilby; practically all the fin-rays are simple and articulated.
The opercles are smashed and the ventral fins damaged—I cannot detect
more than two ventral rays. Anal fin with anterior rays lengthened but

Fig. 17. Fork Beard, Austrophycis megalops. Holotype, Maroubra,
New South Wales. Also dentition.

not separate from the posterior, but it is now difficult to determine the
exact contour of the fins.

Colour, brownish, with dark edges to unpaired fins.

I have searched Maroubra beach, near Sydney, regularly for years with-
out finding a second specimen. Ogilby’s original label has “Mauritius”
crossed out and “Maroubra” substituted. However, there is no reason to
doubt the Australian locality, especially as no species like the present one
appears to have been recorded from Mauritius.

Family BREGMACEROTIDAE.
BREGMACEROS NECTABANUS, Sp. nov.
(Fig. 18.)
Bregmaceros mcclellandi of Australian authors, non Thompson, 1840.
Head rounded with spongy skin which even extends over eyes and

opercular spines. Upper jaw the longer, maxillary reaching to below hinder
part of eye. Fine teeth. No barbel.

Head, 5.5 mm.; depth of body, 5; mouth, nearly 3; standard length, 33
mm. Eye, 1.5; interorbital, less than 1 mm.; pectoral, 4 mm. Depth of
body less than length of head or height of anterior dorsal and anal rays,
over 6 in standard length. Scales regular, small.

Dr 1/i4)-- 16 + 20 — 50. A. 19 -- 11 23| = 53. Seis. ir. Li. inst
dorsal ray and the ventral fins depressible into channels. Interior ventral
rays fringed.

General characteristics of B. mcclellandi, but the free median dorsal
and anal rays not so dwarfed.

Yellowish-white with a brownish stripe along each side of back.

No dark markings on fins.

Described and figured from the holotype, a specimen 13 inches long,
from Darwin, Northern Territory.

Differs from its congeners in having snout slightly less than eye and

26 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

interorbital notably less than eye, in fin and scale formulae. The pallid

colour and dorso-lateral stripe and lack of dusky areas on fins are charac-
teristic.

ane

OEE « eo

he cA Se

GPW. eo4 C4
ZA

Fig. 18. Unicorn Cod, Bregmaceros nectabanus. Holotype, Darwin,
Northern Territory.

Family HoLocENTHRIDAE.

HOLOCENTHRUS CORNUTUS Bleeker, 1853.
Holocentrum cornutum Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., v., 1853, p. 240.
Ceram and Amboina. Jd. Marshall, Mem. Qld. Mus., xii., 1941, p. 55.

One (Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IA.2,150) , 128 mm. in standard length, from
the Great Barrier Reef, Queensland, between 17° and 19° S. Latitude (coll.
W. E. J. Paradice, 1924).

HOLOCENTHRUS CORNUTUS MELANOSPILOS Bleeker, 1858.

Holocentrus melanospilos Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl., iii., 1858, Visch.
Ambon., p. 2. Amboina.

A specimen of this variety (IA.2,151), 136 mm. in standard length, from
the Great Barrier Reef, Queensland, between 17° and 19° S. Lat. (coll. W.
E. J. Paradice, 1924). Both forms are figured in Bleeker’s “Atlas
Ichthyologique”, ix., 1877, pl. ccclix.

New record for Australia.

HOLOCENTHRUS PRASLIN (Lacépéde, 1802).

Perca praslin Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv., 1802, pp. 397 and 419. New
Britain.

Holocentrus praslin Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., xxv., 1905 (1906),
p. 225, fig. 26:

Holocentrus ruber McCulloch, Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 1929, p. 133, and of
Australian authors. Not “Sciaena rubra, ataja”’ Forskaal, 1775, non-
binomial, from the Red Sea.

Br., 8: D/xi/138: Aviv, 9% Pil. 12: Wel. 1.) Collen CoG. laut eens ael

Predorsal, 6.

Head (38 mm.), 2.7; depth (37), 2.8 in standard length (104). Eye

(14), 2.7; interorbital (9), 4.2; snout (7), 5.4; depth of caudal peduncle

(10), 3.8 in head. Fourth dorsal spine, 18; third anal spine, 24 mm.

WHITLEY. 27

Maxillary strongly ridged, reaching to below anterior half of eye; lower
jaw included. Upper profile strongly convex, lower straight, slightly oblique.
Villiform teeth on jaws, vomer and palatines. Premaxillary processes
shorter than eye. Eye large, much longer than snout. Four ridges be-
tween eyes and fan-like occipital ridges. Nasal openings without spines.
Nasalia ending in divergent spines anteriorly. Preorbital and suborbital
strongly denticulated. Five rows of cheek-scales. One row of opercular
scales. Preoperculum: serrate with strong spine at angle reaching beyond
gill-opening. Two enlarged opercular spines with three less produced lower
ones. About 10 gill-rakers on lower limb of first branchial arch.

Body compressed, covered with strongly ctenoid scales. The least
height of the short tapering caudal peduncle is about 134 in its length. Mem-
brane of first dorsal fin incised. Fourth dorsal spine longest, but shorter
than penultimate one. Third anal spine very long and strong. Pectorals
and ventrals subequal, as long as eye and snout. Caudal forked.

Colour, in alcohol, straw yellowish to silvery, with seven dark brown
stripes along body. The first expands to a blotch below second dorsal fin,
the second enlarges just before caudal root extending over median rays, the
sixth forms a blotch over anal fin.

Dark blotches, adjacent to cream markings, between first, second and
third; also ninth, tenth and eleventh dorsal spines. Upper and lower
caudal rays brownish, also membranes between third anal spine and second
anal ray. Ventral tips dusky. Eyes bluish and yellowish.

Described from a specimen, 104 mm. in standard length, or 5 inches
over all, from the Northern Territory of Australia (Rev. W. S. Chaseling) ;
Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IA.8,098.

Other specimens, up to 10 inches long, are in the Australian Museum,
from various parts of Queensland: Hayman Island (IA.6,006), North Barnard
Island (IA.2,149 and 2,242), Howie Reef (IA.2,226), Lindeman Island
(IA.7,485 and 7,878), also a Wide Bay example (E.1,500), taken by the
“Endeavour”. The Queensland Museum has one from Prince of Wales
Island, north Queensland.

Genus Ho.otracHys Gunther, 1873.
HOLOTRACHYS Lima (Cuv. & Val., 1831).
Myripristis lima Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., vii., 1831, p.
493. Mauritius.
Myripristis humilis Kner and Steindachner, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wiss. Wien.., liv.,
1866, p. 357, pl. i., fig. 1. Samoa.
Myripristis (Holotrachys) lima Gunther, Journ. Mus. Godef., ii., 7, Fische
der Sudsee, 3, February, 1874, p. 93, pl. Ixili., fig. A.
Harpage rosea De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, viii., 4, February 21, 1884,
p. 447. South Sea Islands.
Myripristis carneus Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), i.,
August 23, 1886, p. 474. Admiralty Is.
Holotrachys lima and roseus Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fisher., xxv.,
1905 (1906), p. 222, fig. 25.
This species is distinguished by having about 36 to 47 lateral scales
Kner and Steindachner’s paper is not available to me.
De Vis’ description of Harpage rosea agrees very well with Gunther’s
description and figure of Holotrachys lima, although De Vis seems to have

28 ICHTHYCLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

overlooked the minute first anal spine. Harpage thus becomes a synonym
of Holotrachys, and rosea, like Myripristis carneus Ramsay and Ogilby,
apparently equals lima.

HOLOTRACHYS OLIGOLEPIS, sp. nov.
(Plate i., fig. 19.)
DD, x7 14: AjiWecll: (Poi, d4-oVil, iC, Ligailate 324 eiawr eA alike
About 5 predorsal scales.

Upper profile ascending evenly, flat along back and descending steeply
below soft dorsal. Lower profile similar but less convex.

Head (52 mm.), 2.5; depth (60) 2.2 in standard length (131). Eye
(15), 3.4; interorbital (9), 5.7; snout (14), 3.7; depth of caudal peduncle
(12) 4.3 in head. Third dorsal spine, 25 mm.; third anal spine, 20 mm.

Maxillary and supramaxillary rugosely ridged and reaching to posterior
portion of eye. Lower jaw slightly longer than upper, its tip fitting into a
symphysial excavation. Coarse teeth on each side of jaws, some of them
exterior to gape (anterolaterally on premaxilla and anteriorly on mandible).
Smaller teeth on vomer and palatines. Premaxillary processes shorter than
eye. Eye large, equal to snout. Nasalia almost meeting over premaxillary
processes and ending anteriorly in several spines, some of which overhang
upper lip. They are very rugose, like all the bones of the head, including
the supraorbital and two interorbital ridges. Preorbital strongly and
irregularly dentate, continuous with postorbitals. Both limbs of pre-
operculum strongly toothed and with a short, acute, somewhat enlarged
spine at angle, not reaching gill-opening. Four or five rows of cheek-
scales. Opercles crossed by ridges ending in marginal spines, of which
several are a little enlarged at angle. One row of opercular scales. Pseudo-
branchiae present. About ten gill-rakers on lower part of first branchial
arch.

Body oval, fairly compressed, covered with strongly ctenoid scales which
do not extend on to fins. Height of caudal peduncle about half its length.

Membrane of first dorsal fin incised; spines striated, the third spine
longest, much longer than the rays of the rounded second dorsal fin; last
dorsal spine little shorter than penultimate and joined by membrane to
first dorsal ray. Third anal spine enlarged, subequal to longest anal rays.
Pectorals and caudal lobes rounded; ventrals pointed. Ventral and anal
spines striate.

Colour, after long preservation in formalin, brownish, with traces of
nine broad dusky stripes along scale-rows; dorsal membranes whitish; eye
bluish; no spots on body or fins. In life, it may have been red with, per-
haps, some white or cream on first dorsal membranes.

Described and figured from the unique holotype of the species, a
specimen 131 mm. in standard length or six inches over all.

Locality—Western Australia, trawled between Cape Naturaliste and
Geraldton, in from 20 to 100 fathoms; F.LV. “Endeavour”. Regd. No.
E.2,479.

Differs from other Holotrachys, notably in having a less deep body,
larger and fewer scales, and less extensive maxillaries.
Family APOGONIDAE.
Genus S1ipHamia Weber, 1909.
Siphamia Weber, Notes Leyden Museum, xxxi., 2, 1909, p. 168. Haplotype.

WHITLEY. 29

S. tubifer Weber, from Timor. Jd. Weber, Siboga Exped., lvii., Fische,
1913, pp. 219 to 221, 243 to 246 and 672, pl. x., figs. 9a-b, and fig. 61. Id.
Jordan and Jordan, Mem. Carneg. Mus., x., 1, 1922, p. 44. Id. Weber
and Beaufort, Fish. Indo-Austr. Archip., v., 1929, p. 355, fig. 84. Id.
Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100, x., 1930, p. 142.

SIPHAMIA CUNEICEPS, Sp. 70V.
(Fig. 20.)
DEVI Of Oo cA. die ove coven. Ds iC. 17.

Head (15 mm.), 2.6; depth (10), 3.9 in standard length (39). Eye (4),
3.75; interorbital (4-5), 3.3; snout (5) 3 in head.

Head, wedge-shaped, pitted above, the convex interorbital and snout
with mucous canals; other pores and canals around eyes, chin and pre-
operculum. Eyes large. Snout long and pointed. Nostrils large. Mouth
large, reaching to below posterior part of eye. Lower jaw longer. No
canines, only fine villiform teeth on jaws, vomer and palatines. Tongue
edentulous. Both Jimbs of preopercle entire. Operculum with two
obsolescent spines. Predorsal profile obliquely sloping. Six long gill-rakers
on lower half of first branchial arch.

Fig. 20. Siphon Fish, Siphamia cuneiceps. Holotype, Queensland.
Ventral surface, below.

Depth of body much less than length of head. Body compressed,
rather elongate. A silvery tube (prolongation of peritoneum) along each
side to the short and deep caudal peduncle. Scales large, deciduous,
ciliated. L.lat. apparently complete, probably with less than 20 scales.
Most of scales missing in my specimens, but predorsal ones not Keeled.
Vent just in front of anal fin; opening of oviduct large, with two pinkish
lappets. Dorsal fins not connected at base, none of the spines produced or
serrated. Caudal forked.

Brownish-pink with broad lateral infuscated area suggesting a dark

median stripe and a smaller similar band above and below along sides and
head; the central band splits into two on root of tail. Silvery tubes out-

30 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

lined blackish. Fins white, proximal part of soft dorsal and anal with
dense blackish speckles. Lower surface of caudal peduncle dusky. Tongue
blackish at sides. No ocelli.

Described from the holotype of the species, a spawning female, 39 mm.
in standard length or 1% inch over all, one of three specimens 36 to 39 mm.
in standard length. Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IB.1,016.

Locality —Off Fraser Island, Queensland; 24° 52 min. S. lat. by 152° 48
' min. E. long.; Agassiz trawl, 15 mins.; 15 fathoms, 14/9/1938, M.V. “Warreen”.
Presented by Dr. H. Thompson, C.S.I.R., Marine Biological Laboratory.
Differs from Siphamia tubifer Weber, 1909, from Timor, in having com-
paratively longer head and more elongate body, different fin-formulae,
dentition, etc. True Siphamia and Fodifoa have much deeper bodies than
my Frazer Island species. Adenapogon and Scopelapogon have more
numerous gill-rakers, cycloid scales and lower pectoral insertion.

Family GyMNAPOGONIDAE.
Genus GymNnapocon Regan, 1905.

Gymnapogon Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xv., 1905, p. 19. Type, G.
japonicus Regan. Id. Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xii., 1913, p.
118. Id. Jordan, Classif. Fish., 1923, p. 188. Jd. Schultz, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., lxxxviii., 1940, p. 406. Id. Regan, Copeia, 1940, 3, p. 173.

Henicichthys Tanaka, Zool. Mag., Tokyo (Dobuts. Zasshi), xxvii., 1915, p.
568. Orthotype, H. foraminosus Tanaka, from Japan. Described in
Japanese. Id. Tomiyama, Jap. Journ. Zool., vii., 1936, p. 50. Id. Tanaka,
Fish. Japan, 1936, p. 270. Jd. Fowler, Notulae Nat., xxvi., 1939, p.1. Id.
Herre, Copeia, 1939, 4, p. 200.

Hemicichthys (sic) Jordan, Classif. Fish., 1923, p. 203 (translation of
Tanaka’s description).

Australaphia Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus., xi., 1, 1936, p. 48. Orthotype, A.
annona Whitley, from Queensland.

This puzzling little genus has been placed in a different family by
almost every author who has dealt with it, and it has been described under
three generic names, the oldest of which becomes the root for the family
name. It is apparently a highly specialized ally of the Apogonoids. Dr.
Katsuzo Kuronuma, whilst working with Professor Carl L. Hubbs, in
Michigan, found that my Australaphia was a Henicichthys and showed me
specimens at Ann Arbor to prove his discovery. So far as I know this
synonymy has not been published, but I am now unable to communicate
with Dr. Kuronuma, who has returned to Japan, so place this on record
with full acknowledgment to him. Recently, Regan has demonstrated the
identity of Henicichthys with his Gymnapogon. The synonymy and biblio-
graphy of this genus are tabulated above for the first time.

There are several species in Pacific Seas: G. japonicus (foraminosus) ,
philippinus, and annona. The Australian Museum has some old specimens
of this genus from. Cairns Reef, near Cooktown, Queensland, and the New
Hebrides, which had been provisionally identified as “Amiidae”’ and came
to light during recent overhauling of the stored collections.

Family CARANGIDAE.
BASSETINA, gen. nov.
Zamora Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus., xviii, 3, March 25, 1931, p. 108. Ortho-

WHITLEY. ok

type, Caranx hullianus McCulloch, Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 4, August 30,
1909, p. 319, pl. xci., from Freshwater Beach, near Sydney, New South
Wales. Type in Australian Museum (1.9,261). Preoccupied by Zamora
Roewer, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremen., xxvi., 1928, p. 541, a genus of
Arachnida.

I notice from Neave’s “Nomenclator Zoologicus” that my genus Zamora
is preoccupied. I therefore propose the above substitute. Orthotype,
Caranz hullianus McCulloch = Bassetina hulliana.

Named in honour of Mr. Arthur Francis Basset Hull, M.B.E., veteran
zoologist and doyen of the Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales,
who collected the still unique holotype over 33 years ago.

Family ARRIPIDAE.
ARRIPIS TRUTTA (Bloch & Schneider, 1801).

In the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, in October, 1937, I
saw the type of Lepidomegas mulleri Thominot, 1880, from Melbourne. This
genus had been made a synonym of Seriola by Jordan and others, yet I
could never reconcile Thominot’s description with any Australian Seriolid.
Seeing the type-specimen explained why: it was a Kahawai with 16 dorsal
rays and 51 scales on the lateral line to the hypural joint, and thus Lepi-
domegas mulleri becomes a synonym of Arripis trutta, both genus and
species, and has no relationship to Seriola.

If the south-eastern Australian “Salmon” be distinct from the New
Zealand type, it may assume the name marginata Cuv. & Val., 1828, origin-
ally described as a Perca. The Western Australian form may represent a
new subspecies which has yet to be defined and named.

Family LEIOGNATHIDAE.
EQUULA, Spp.

The old and damaged holotype of Equula serrulifera Richardson, 1848,
from “Australia” was examined by me in the British Museum. It had
depth less than 2 in standard length, small teeth, dorsal spine not abnor-
mally serrated, and, as far as I could make out from the smashed head, the
supraorbital was smooth. It was very like E. decora De Vis, 1884, but had
longer anal spine and slightly deeper body.

In Stuttgart, in 1937, I saw the type of Equula splendens var. nove-
maculeata Klunzinger, 1879, from the Endeavour River, Queensland. This
was apparently only an abnormal specimen of decora with 9 dorsal spines,
the last of which is merely an ossified ray. Dentition well developed, supra-
orbital not serrate, a preorbital spine, lateral line complete, thorax naked,
size small. Also in Stuttgart, I saw the holotype of Equula novaehollandiae
Steindachner, 1879, which is an Equulites.

In the Zoological Museum of the University, Copenhagen, Denmark, I
saw, amongst Forskal’s types, his “Scomber equula”’, which is an Equula
rather than a Leiognathus.

Family MuLLIDAE.
PARUPENEUS SUFFLAVUS, Sp. nov.
(Fig. 21.)
D. viii./i., 8; A. i, 6. L.lat., 28. Tr., 2/1/63.
Head (59 mm.), 3.2; depth (62) 3 in standard length (190). Eye (12),

374 ICHTHYCLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

nearly 5; interorbital (17), 3.4; barbel (30), about 2; second dorsal spine
(32) 1.8 in head.

Head longer than high, slightly excavate before eyes, scaly except tip
of snout and on lower surfaces. Eye small, nearer edge of operculum than
tip of snout. A single series of spaced peg-like teeth in jaws, none on
vomer and palatines. Maxillary not reaching eye, its depth subequal to
eye-diameter. Barbels not reaching preopercular margin. Gill-rakers
about 18, plus rudiments, on lower half of first branchial arch.

Form rather robust and deep. Ventral scales weakly carinate. Lateral
line tubes arborescent.

Second dorsal spine fairly rigid, not produced, not reaching soft dorsal
when adpressed. Soft dorsal and anal fins naked, their lobes pointed. Last

dorsal and anal rays not produced. Caudal shorter than head, its proximal
half scaly.

NAY)
Ae SS

Fig. 21. Goatfish, Parwpeneus sufflavus. Holotype, Queensland.

Colour in alcohol fairly uniform yellowish-brown, each scale with light
or pearly centre causing rows of light and dark band-like markings. Back
light behind soft dorsal fin. Fins with large light spots. No dark stripes
or spots. Oblique bars may have crossed the head near eyes.

Near the luteus and pleurospilus of authors. Differs from luteus Cuv.
& Val., in eye and preorbital characters, shorter barbels, etc., and from
pleurospilus in lacking the characteristic colour-markings of that species
and having much shorter barbels.

Described from the holotype of the species, a specimen 190 mm. in
standard length or 9} inches over all. Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IA.294.
Locality—Holbourne Island, off Port Denison, Queensland; Mr. E. H.
Rainford, 1921.
PENNON, gen. nov.
Orthotype, Upenoides filifer “Ogilby, 1910” = Pennon filifer.

Interorbital convex. Snout short. Maxilla barely reaching below eye,
its depth less than eye-diameter. Eye in middle of head length. Teeth of

WHITLEY. ae:

jaws in narrow villiform bands. Vomer and palatines toothless. Velum
maxillae crenulated. Head scaly to snout, preorbital apparently scaly.
About thirty transverse series of scales. Ventral scales carinate.

Second dorsal spine extremely long and flexible, reaching caudal
peduncle. Soft dorsal and anal fins scaly anteriorly.

Coloration rosy and yellowish, without striking bars, spots or stripes.
Definition drawn up from one of Ogilby’s co-types (Austr. Mus., Regd-
No. I.12,541).

This genus differs from all other Mullidae in having long dorsal spine
and in characters of dentition, etc.

PENNON FILIFER, Sp. nov.
(Fig. 22.)

Upenoides filifer Ogilby, New Fish. Qld. Coast, December 20, 1910, p. 95. Off

Cape Gloucester. Queensland. Paper printed but not published.
Upeneus filifer McCulloch and Whitley, Mem. Qld. Mus., viii., 1925, p. 156.

Although mentioned by various authors, this species has not hitherto
been described in a scientific publication. Ogilby’s account was as follows: —

D.viii./i., 8; A.i., 6; P., 13; Se., 2/32/6. Depth of body, 3.8; length of
caudal peduncle, 4.3; of head, 3.55; longest dorsal spine, 2.05; length of
caudal fin, 3.85; of pectoral, 4.8; of ventral, 4.9 in length of body. Length

of snout, 2.2; diameter of eye, 3.85; width of interorbit, 3.3; width of
maxillary, 2.8 in length of head.

EA

Ly

GPW.

Fig. 22. Pennant Goatfish, Pennon filifer. Holotype, Queensland.

Body somewhat robust; caudal peduncle rather short and stout, its
least depth 2.35 in its length and 1.3 in the length of the snout. Upper
profile of head gently rounded; diameter of eye 1.75 in the length of the
snout, and 1.15 in the convex interorbit; maxillary not quite extending to
below the anterior border of the eye, the width of its distal extremity 2.4
in the eye-diameter; barbels short and rather stout, reaching to or slightly
beyond the angle of the preopercle. Opercle with a small spine superiorly;

34 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

a short stout scapular spine. Extremity of snout and intermandibular re-
gion naked, rest of head scaly; cheek-scales in 4, interopercular in a single
series; 5 complete scales between the dorsal fins; tubes of lateral line but
sparsely branched, those of the peduncle bifid or simple.

Spinous dorsal originating above the base of the pectoral, its length
without the terminal membrane equalling that of the soft dorsal; 1st spine
very small; 2nd longest and greatly produced, extending when depressed
beyond the base of the soft dorsal; soft dorsal as high as long, the anterior
rays longest, 3.33 in the 2nd spine; last ray a little longer than the
penultimate. Caudal deeply forked, the middle rays 2.3 in the upper lobe.
Anal originating below the 2nd dorsal ray, its 1st ray longest, as long as
or a little shorter than the 1st dorsal ray, and reaching when laid back to
the tip of the last ray. Pectoral rounded, the 3rd ray longest, extending
when appressed to below the 11th scale of the lateral line. Ventral a little
longer than the pectoral, the spine nearly as long as the 2 outer and longest
rays, which reach mid-way or rather less than mid-way between its origin
and the base of the last anal ray.

Above roseate, shading through the pink of the sides to the pearly
white of the throat and abdomen. Cheeks and opercles washed with gold;
barbels lemon yellow. Iris purple with a narrow silver rim inferiorly.
Dorsal and caudal fins pink, basally washed with gold; other fins colour-
less.

Total length, 170 millim.

Described on board the Endeavour from 2 specimens, 166 and 137 millim.
long, obtained off Cape Gloucester; total number trawled 12.

Family CHEILODACTYLIDAE.
Genus NEMADACTYLUS Richardson, 1839.
Nemadactylus Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., vii., November, 1839, p.
97. Haplotype, N. concinnus Richardson.

Sciaenoides Richardson, Rept. 12th meet. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1842 (1843),
pp. 18-19. Logotype, S. abdominalis Richardson, selected by Whitley,
Rec. Austr. Mus., xix., 1935, p. 235. Not Sciaenoides Blyth, 1860, a genus
of Jewfishes.

Dactylopagrus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., xiv., May, 1862, p. 114.
Orthotype, Cheilodactylus carponemus Cuv. & Val. Spelt Dactylosparus
on pei:

Nematodactylus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., xiv., May, 1862, pp. 114
and 121. Id. Boulenger, Zool. Rec., 1880 (1881), Pisces, p. 8. Emend.
for Nemadactylus.

The little fishes hitherto known as Paper Fish and Silvery Threadfin
(Nemadactylus, Evistius, Platystethus) in south-eastern Australia and New
Zealand, are actually young morwongs and trumpeters, an identity first
hinted at, apparently, by Barnard regarding the South African Palunolepis.
Examination of specimens and checking accounts in literature show that
these post-larval forms may be linked up, with a fair degree of certainty,
with the adult forms. In several cases the young ones have been given
quite different generic names from the adults or even placed in far-away
families. Consequently some synonymy is unavoidable.

The little fish described by Richardson in 1839 as Nemadactylus con-
cinnus is evidently the young of the Jackass Fish, a morwong of the genus

WHITLEY. 85

generally known as Dactylopagrus or Sciaenoides, but these two names are
of much later date, so should fall as synonyms of Nemadactylus. The
Jackass Fish, therefore, should be called Nemadactylus macropterus from
New Zealand, the name concinnus replacing aspersus for the Tasmanian
subspecies, if distinct.

Young morwongs of the Nemadactylus group have 17 or 18 dorsal
spines, 28 dorsal rays, 3 anal spines and 15 to 17 anal rays; the lateral line

bears about 50 to 55 scales; the lower pectoral rays are lengthened; length
about 3 inches.

Family LATRIDIDAE.
Genus Latripopsis Gill, 1863.
LATRIDOPSIS FORSTERI (Castelnau, 1872).
(Fig. 23.)

Latris forsteri Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., i., 1872, p. 77, and p. 79, as
L. bilineata and inornata. Melbourne Market.

? Platystethus huttonii Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii., May 1,
1876, p. 395. Dunedin, New Zealand.

Latris ramsayi Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x., July, 1885, p. 229.
Sydney Markets, New South Wales.

Evistius huttonii tasmaniensis Whitley and Phillips, Trans. Roy. Soc. N.
Zeal., lxix., 2, September, 1939, p. 234. On E. huttonii McCulloch, Rec.
Austr. Mus., xiv., 2, 1923, p. 121, from Tamar River, Tasmania. Not
Platystethus huttonii Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii., 1876, p.
395, from New Zealand.

Here figured from the holotype of the subspecies Evistius huttonii tas-
maniensis (Austr. Mus., Regd. No. 1.6,222), which proves to be a juvenile

Fig. 23. Paper Fish, the Young Silver Trumpeter, Latridopsis forsteri.
Holotype of subspecies Evistius huttonii tasmaniensis, Tamar River,
Tasmania. Also front view.

Latridopsis forsteri, hence the above synonymy. It has D.xvi./43; A.iii., 35.
No vomerine teeth. Body compressed. Opercles mostly scaleless. L.lat.
103 circa. Tr. 10/1/c22.

Fairly uniform brownish, darker along back, after long preservation in
alcohol. First dorsal fin dark. A dusky blotch behind eye. Eight inches
over all.

Locality —Tamar River Heads, Tasmania.

36 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Barnard (Ann. S. Afr. Mus., xxi., 2, 1927, p. 454) stated that Evistius
huttonii was a young Cheilodactylid, but, as it has more than 30 anal rays,
it must enter the Latrididae.

It seems that the subspecies tasmaniensis at least is young Latridopsis
forsteri. Thus Evistius becomes a synonym of Latridopsis and should be
transferred from the Labracoglossidae (members of which have less than
30 anal rays) to the Latrididae. We may, however, use the term for the
juvenile form and speak of the Evistius stage of a Latridid fish just as we
speak of the Leptocephalus of an eel. R.M. Johnston has given a good
account of the “Paper-fish” fry of Latridopsis in Tasmania.

Family CorIDAE.
Genus GuNTHERIA Bleeker, 1862.
GUNTHERIA DEVISI, Sp. nov.
(Fig. 24.)

Dix aie Avni 10s. lap 26. rr 1/1.

Head mostly naked; a few scales on cheeks and opercles. Curved
canines in jaws not flaring outwards (2 in upper, 4 in lower) anteriorly.
Lateral teeth uniserial, as a ridge. Posterior canine present. Lips normal.
Preopercular margin entire. }

Fig. 24. Parrot

Fish, Guntheria

devisi. Holotype,
Queensland.

Form rather elongate, compressed. Depth about 4 in standard length.
Thoracic scales slightly smaller than those of body.

L.lat. continuous, bent behind. No scaly sheaths to dorsal and anal
fins. Dorsal spines not elevated, their membranes slightly penicillated, the
front spines not divergent. First ventral ray filamentous. Caudal convex.

Pale yellowish with a faint olive band along upper sides. Fins whitish.
No blotches on dorsal. Dusky bar on snout and two indistinct oblique bars
behind eye. An indistinct dusky blotch, subvertical on side above about
end of pectoral. A conspicuous blackish spot on upper part of root of tail.
Eye bluish. Eggs small, salmon-pink.

Described from the holotype, a spawning female, a little over three
inches long (Regd. No. IB.1,033).

Locality —Off Frazer Island, Queensland; 24° 52 min. S. lat. by 152° 48
min. E. long.; 15 fathoms. Agassiz Trawl, 15 minutes; 14/9/1938. M.V.
“Warreen”. Presented by Dr. H. Thompson. Holotype and paratypes,
Regd. Nos. I.B.1,033-1,034, in Australian Museum.

Named after C. W. de Vis, who described many Queensland parrot
fishes many years ago.

Rather like Halichores bimaculatus Ruppell, but has different coloration
and has caudal ocellus, also only 1 row of scales over lateral line, and is
much smaller in size.

WHITLEY. 37

Genus DuyMmaAeEriA Bleeker, 1856.

Duymaeria Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl., i., 1856, p. 52. Logotype,
Ctenolabrus aurigarius Richardson, Zool. Sulphur. Fish., 1845, p. 90, pl.
xlv., figs. 1-2, from Canton, China, selected by Jordan, Tanaka and
Snyder, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, xxxiii., 1, 1913, p. 199, as
Crenilabrus.

Labrastrum Guichenot, Rev. Mag. Zool. (2), xii., 1860, p. 152. Orthotype,
Ctenolabrus flagellifer Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1839.

Small parrot-fishes with preoperculum serrate, anterior dorsal spines
and membranes elevated into a crest, two rows of cheek-scales, and little
more than 20 scales in the complete lateral line.

DUYMAERIA FLAGELLIFERA (Cuv. & Val., 1839).

Ctenolabrus flagellifer Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., xiii., 1839,

p. 240. Locality unknown.

Duymaeria flagellifer Fowler and Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100, vii., 1928,

p. 216 (refs. and synon.).

Thirteen specimens, 36 to 77 mm. in standard length, from off Frazer
Island, Queensland; 24° 52 min. S. lat. x 150° 48 min. E. long. Caught in
15-minute Agassiz trawl from M.V. “Warreen” in 15 fathoms, 14th September,
1938. Australian Museum, Regd. Nos. I.B.1,035-1,036. Presented by Dr. H.
Thompson, C.S.I.R. Marine Biological Laboratory, Cronulla, New South
Wales.

New record (genus and species) for Australia. Extralimital in the
East Indies, Philippines, Formosa, China and Japan.

Family BopIANIDAE.
VERREO UNIMACULATUS (Gunther, 1862).

Mr. T. Payten recently secured a specimen of this Pigfish at Lord Howe
Island, from which place it has not hitherto been recorded. It is fairly
common in eastern Australia and has been recorded from Norfolk Island
on the basis of a painting by George Raper made in the eighteenth century.

Family CALLYODONTIDAE.
PSEUDOSCARUS PULCHELLUS -(RUppell, 1835).

Scarus pulchellus Riuppell, Neue Wirbelth. Abyssin. Fische., 1835, p. 25, pl.
viiil., fig. 3. Djetta. Id. Delsman & Hardenberg, Indische Zeevisschen,
1934; coloured plate opp. p. 250.

Callyodon pulchellus Fowler & Bean, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100, vii., April 17,
1928, p. 423 (refs. & syn.). Id. Fowler, Mem. Bish. Mus., x., 1928, p. 379,
et ibid., xi., 1934, p. 440.

The Australian Museum recently received a fine specimen, 193 inches
over all, from the Gizo district, Solomon Islands (Regd. No. IB.666) —a new
record for the Solomon Islands. This species can now be added to the
Australian list, as Mr. T. C. Marshall showed me one in the Queensland

Museum from Cape Upstart, Queensland, painted by Mr. George Coates
(Regd. No. Qld. Mus., I.6,157).

HETEROSCARUS ACROPTILUS (Richardson, 1846).

In September, 1937, I had the pleasure of seeing Ferdinand Lucas
Bauer’s drawings of New Holland animals in the British Museum (Natural
History). The draughtsmanship and colouring were superb and the species

38 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

easily determinable. Drawing No. 35 represented the type of Scarus
acroptilus Richardson, 1846, and showed the species usually known in Aus-
tralia as Heteroscarus filamentosus Castelnau, 1872. However, Castelnau’s
trivial name can now be sunk as a synonym of acroptilus.

Family BLENNIIDAE.
PETROSCIRTES (OSTREOBLENNIUS) STEADI Whitley, 1930.

Mr. Tom Iredale has collected this species in the Noosa River, Queens-
land (Austr. Mus., Regd. Nos. IA.7,987-88) .

Two specimens from three to four miles east of the Burnett River,
Queensland; Agassiz trawl, 10 fathoms, 15 mins., 14/9/38, are in the C.S.LR.
collection, Cronulla, New South Wales.

New records for Queensland.

PETRAITES NASUTUS (Gunther, 1861).

In December, 1937, I examined the type of Cristiceps nasutus Gunther,
1861, in the British Museum. It is a small specimen of the species called
Petraites fasciatus (Macleay, 1881), by McCulloch (Rec. Austr. Mus., vii.,
1908, p. 42, pl. xi., fig. 2). This species must henceforth be called Petraites
nasutus (Gunther).

Mr. T. C. Marshall, of the Queensland Museum, caught two specimens
of this species in rock pools at Caloundra in August, 1941.
New record for Queensland.

Family CLInmAE.

CLINUS MARMORATUS Klunzinger, 1872.
(Fig. 25.)
Br., 6; D., 44; A., 30; P., 13; V., 3; C., 10. Height, 5 (before the vent);
head, 6; breadth, 2; eye, 4; forehead, 14; snout, 1; preorbital, 3; anterior
dorsal fin, 5; posterior, 24; tail, 8.

Fig. 25. Marbled Weedfish, Clinuws marmoratus. Lectotype, Port Phillip,
Victoria.

Body very elongated, compressed. Profile of head parabolic, anteriorly
somewhat more curved on snout. Snout obtuse, short. Teeth in both jaws,
in a band anteriorly, laterally in a row, very short and obtuse. Vomer, but
not palatine, toothed. Maxillary reaches to below middle of eye. Eyes
moderate, with a minute simple cirrhus on the upper border. Interorbital
space smaller than the eye. Head, velvety, occiput wholly scaleless. Re-
mainder of body with small, rather indistinct, non-imbricate brown scales.
Lateral line showing only anteriorly; it runs straight to the point of the
pectorals, when it tends to drop downwards but soon vanishes. It is

WHITLEY. 39

formed of closely arranged longitudinal keels. Dorsal fin beginning just
above the gill-covers, the anterior flexible spines are the shortest and not
removed from the others; the first spines behind middle become markedly
higher, particularly the penultimate five, which remain undivided, united
posteriorly to the base of the tail by membrane. Anal similar with simple
flexible spines; it begins below the fourteenth dorsal spine, the membrane
behind the last ray not reaching the caudal fin. Pectorals ovate, not
reaching vent. Ventrals with three undivided rays, of which the middle is
the longest and reaches to middle of pectoral; the outer a little shorter, the
inner very short; their insertion is jugular close behind the gill-membrane.
Caudal elongate, rounded.

Colour, brown, marbled with darker spots, throat sometimes sprinkled
with white. Fins punctated with blackish ‘marbled with some light areas.
Pectorals clear, darker spotted.

Length, six inches.
Locality—Port Phillip, Victoria.

Klunzinger stated this species came near Clinus cottoides C. & V., and
despicillatus Richardson, but was distinct. Two type-specimens of this
species were seen by me in Stuttgart. I select the larger as lectotype; total
length, 144 mm.

Coloration uniform brown after nearly seventy years in alcohol. Some
dark brown margins to dorsal and anal fins. Light spaces at intervals
along dorsal fin and on last ray. The proportions vary a little from those
described by Klunzinger.

Family STIcHARIIDAE (Ophiclinidae, olim).
STICHARIUM DORSALE Gunther, 1867.

Ophiclinus gracilis Waite, 1906, agrees well with Giunther’s account of
Sticharium dorsale and should evidently become a synonym of the latter.
Sticharium is of earlier date than Ophiclinus for the genus and family
name. For references, see Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 1929, pp. 352-358.

Family NOTOGRAPTIDAE.
Genus Notocraptus Gunther, 1867.

NOTOGRAPTUS GREGORYI, Sp. NOV.
(Plate i., fig. 26.)

Head (11 mm.), 7; depth of body (6), 13 in total length (78 mm.). Eye
(2 mm.), subequal to caudal base (2) and greater than snout (1.5) or
interorbital (1.5).

Form, eel-like, elongate. Head, long, naked, pointed, wider than high
behind eyes. Snout bluntly rounded. Anterior nostrils flap-like. Inter-
orbital slightly concave. Profile rising gibbously from nape to back. Eye
small, anterior orbital margin free. Series of small round pores around
eyes and opercles and chin. Preopercular margin subcutaneous. A broad
flap at gill-opening. Opercle entire, not striated, unarmed, not excavated
above. A blunt barbel on chin. Gape reaching well behind eye. Lower
jaw included. Bands of fine teeth in jaws and on palatines; none on vomer.
Tongue long with rounded tip. Gill-membranes separated by narrow
isthmus.

Body compressed, covered with embedded scales, in about 25 rows down
the deepest part. Lateral line ascending sharply from behind head and

40 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

running along back close to dorsal fin. It commences as modified scales
but terminates in a series of simple pores. Back above lateral line naked,
body also scaleless around shoulder and pectoral bases.

No separate spine in front of dorsal fin. Dorsal spines not pungent.
Dorsal fin originating over posterior part of head as a low fin which in-
creases in height considerably before joining the rounded caudal. The
rays are overlain with adipose tissue anteriorly, but become clear posteriorly,
numbering about 70. Anal fin originating behind vent, in anterior half of
fish, and continued, like the dorsal, to the caudal; it has about 43 rays.
Pectorals broadly rounded, 19-rayed, middle rays longest. The pectorals -
are not united by membranes to the opercular lobe. Rays branched and
with few articulations. Ventral fins jugular, each reduced to two small
rays, the outer longer and thicker than the inner. Vent behind a plicate
pouch.

General colour, dark chocolate, uniform and without spots, almost
blackish except for the margins of dorsal, anal and caudal fins which are
dull white. Pectoral and ventral fins and opercular membrane yellowish
white. Eye bluish. Cheeks, behind mouth, crossed by two or three dark
ocelli of irregular pear-shape margined with yellowish. A small ocellus
on each side of barbel and a pair of larger ocelli on each side of chin below
eyes. A faint ocellus 4 rays from end of dorsal.

Described and figured from the holotype of the species, a unique
specimen, three inches long.

Locality—Head of Useless Inlet, Shark’s Bay, Western Australia;
dredged on the pearl shell beds, in 2 or 3 fathoms, July 2, 1939, collected by
G. P. Whitley. Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IB.344.

Named in honour of Mr. John Gregory, who greatly assisted me in his
capacity as Fisheries Officer at Shark’s Bay.

Family CaARAPIDAE.
Genus Carapus Rafinesque, 1810.
CARAPUS RENDAHLI, Sp. 70V.
(Fig. 27.)

Fierasfer sp. Rendahl, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren., lxxxi., October
30, 1925, p. 13. From surface at 36° S. lat., 150° 20 min. E. long. (“En-
deavour”), New South Wales.

_ Carapus sp. Whitley, Fish. N.S. Wales (McCulloch), Ed. 3, 1934, suppl. Off
Green Cape, New South Wales.

Head (11 mm.), 8.4; depth (5) 18.5 in total length (93). Eye, 3 mm.;
snout, 2; interorbital, 1; pectoral, 2.5; width of head, 4; length of upper
jaw, nearly 6; predorsal length, 12.

Head somewhat compressed; snout broad, obtuse, with bony crests.
Operculum with one or two weak spines. Posterior nostrils large, well
separated from anterior. Eyes large, interorbital narrow with median
crest. Upper jaw longer, reaching behind eye. A large canine on each
side of both jaws anteriorly, lower ones longest. Other teeth in jaws in
bands of fine villiform or minutely conic teeth. Coarser and rather
granular teeth on vomer and palate. The median vomerine teeth are
largest but none is caninoid. Gill-openings very wide, united across isthmus.
Seven branchiostegals. Gill-rakers slender, not numerous.

Body elongate, compressed, not gibbous, the dorsal profile little more

WHITLEY. 41

arched than ventral. Vent far forward, below pectoral fin; a festoon of
the intestine being external. A small point behind head indicates site of
larval dorsal spine, now lost. The true dorsal fin originates shortly behind
this and continues to end of tail, which is truncately broken off in my

Fig. 27. Messmate Fish, Carapus rendahli. Holotype (central figure) and
young stages from New South Wales. Semi-diagrammatic.

specimen. Anal fin many-rayed, like the dorsal, but higher, commencing
behind vent. Pectorals small, pointed.

Colour, after long preservation in alcohol, yellowish-brown. Eye blue,
canines white. Some spaced blackish chromatophores over brain and a
few on snout and cheeks. Festoon of intestine blackish.

Described from the holotype of the species, an example 93 mm. or about
2 inches long. :
Locality—Port Jackson, New South Wales; purchased in January, 1889.
Austr. Mus., Regd. No. I.2,411. No mention of its habitat is made.

I provisionally identify as belonging to this new species larval speci-
mens from the following localities :—

Two specimens, noted by Dr. Hialmar Rendahl, from off the Tuross
River, New South Wales; 36° S. x 150° 20 min. E., trawled by the “Endeavour”,
28/9/1914. One was apparently lost with the “Endeavour”, the other (of
which Rendahl sent a sketch to McCulloch) is in the Riksmuseum, Stock-
holm.

One specimen from inside a large sponge, 22 miles N.E. from Green
Cape, New South Wales; trawled in 39 to 46 fathoms. Austr. Mus., Regd.
No. IA.1,958.

Many small examples in various stages of metamorphosis, netted by
the C.S.I.R. vessel “Warreen” at the following stations:—

Station No. Position. Date.
59/38 .. 35° + S. x 150° 5@ min: + BE. 2. ©L2/10736
60/38 .. 36° 19 min. 40 sec. S. x 150° 24 min. 48 sec. E. .. 12/10/38
61/38 .. 36° 15 min. 40 sec. S. x 150° 15 min. 45 sec. E. .. 12/10/38

131/39 .. 30° 17 min: S. x 153° 16 min. 30 sec. E. .. 5/5/39

42 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Station No. Position. Date.
266/39)" 32 >2)2 2.7 BSEO LT SminS x 1502 25:smine his see ee 1/11/39
284/39) fo0.4 08.9 42°NS5 mine S: x 148°"'38 min? His 217398

All the above localities are in the Tasman Sea, off New South Wales,
except the last, which is off eastern Tasmania.

Rendahl (Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Foren., 1xxxi., 1925, p. 13) recorded a
Fierasfer sp. from Perseverance Harbour, Campbell Island, which may be
allied or conspecific.

This new species differs from its Australian congeners as follows:—
Differs from Fierasfer houlti Ogilby (Mem. Qld. Mus., vii., 1922, p. 301, pl.
xix., fig. 1, from off Double Island Point, Queensland) in being much more
slender and having different proportions in the parts of the head, also in
having canine teeth. Fierasfer margaritiferae Rendahl (Kungl. Svenska.
Vetenskaps. Handl., Ixi., 9, 1921, p. 5, fig. 2, from Cape Jaubert, Western
Australia) has similar dentition to mine but differs in proportions of head
and body and has longer pectoral fins. Oxybeles homei Richardson (Zool.
Voy. Erebus and Terror, Fish., 1846, p. 74, pl. xliv., figs. 7-19, from Timor)
has enlarged teeth on vomer and jaws, quite unlike those of my specimen.

Family OPHIDIIDAE.
DANNEVIGIA, gen. nov.

Orthotype, Dannevigia tusca, sp. nov.

A genus of fairly large marine fishes with the ventral fins well forward
on isthmus, body scaly, no barbels on head, and with dorsal, caudal and
anal fins united. It is apparently closest to the European Cusk-Eel,
Ophidium; but differs in having the scales in long longitudinal rows in-
stead of in short criss-cross bars, in lacking enlarged teeth on the jaws, in
proportions and other features. Other characters as described under
species.

Named in honour of Harold Christian Dannevig, who was the founder
of fisheries science in Australia. Born about 1860, near Arendal, Norway,
Dannevig had a thorough practical fisheries training in Britain and Europe
before coming to Australia in 1902, bringing live plaice from England, on
the R.M.S. “Oroya”. Though his acclimatization experiments came to
nought, his work on Australian fresh and salt water fishes is of lasting
value. In 1908 the Commonwealth appointed him Director of Fisheries for
Australia. He planned the fisheries vessel “Endeavour” and directed its
researches, and was lost at sea aboard that vessel when it disappeared
without trace in December, 1914. None knew as well as he where our
fishes could be caught and the best trawling-grounds. The fish described
in this paper was discovered by him in March, 1913, when he wrote to the
late A. R. McCulloch, ichthyologist at The Australian Museum, as follows:—
“From its similarity with the European Tusk (Brosmius) I have entered it
under that name in my notes. The specimens I sent are the smallest I
could get. I have had them up to about 7 lb. in weight. I had one of
these fish cooked and the flesh has a marked similarity to the European
Cod, only it is a bit richer. I fancy I’ll get them plentifully in 150-200
fathoms, where later on I’m going to try”.

DANNEVIGIA TUSCA, Sp. NOV.
(Plate i., fig. 28.)

D., 103; A., 80; P., 24; V.1. Sc. nearly 100. Tr. 11/1/32.
Head (96 mm.), 4.5; depth of body (85) 5.1 in total length (437). Eye

WHITLEY. 43

(17), 5.6; snout (27), 3.5; interorbital (25), 3.8 in head. Length of upper
jaw (53), slightly shorter than pectoral fin (56). Longest ventral ray, 72
mm. Caudal, 23; depth of caudal peduncle, 5 mm.

Head deeper than wide and much longer than deep, rounded in front
and oblong in transverse section behind. The snout ends in a skinny ridge,
between the anterior nostrils, which has a slight median incision; below
this ridge is a slight extension of the snout overhanging the premaxillaries.
Nostrils two large oval openings on each side. Eye moderate, but covered
with skin and its borders almost over-run by the longitudinal rows of scales
which cover most of the head, except jaws and chin. No barbels or cirrhi.
Mouth very large. Premaxillaries long, slender, protractile. Maxilla broad
and large, scaly, reaching behind level of eye, its angle rounded and pos-
terior margin truncate. Lips roughened at symphysis; lower lip finely
plicate at sides. Lower jaw with elevated pad at ramus. Each jaw with a
narrow band of fine, pluriserial, villiform teeth; upper jaw with, lower with-
out symphysial diastema. A triangular patch of similar villiform teeth on
vomer, and a lanceolate patch, tapering posteriorly, on each palatine. Ptery-
goids edentulous. Other patches of teeth on hyoid and pharyngeal bones.
Tongue broad, acute, with rounded tip. Two bony frontal crests may be
felt beneath the spongy skin of the interorbital. Preopercular margin free,
with two divergent subdermal spines. Preorbital and all opercles entire.
A pungent spine formed by operculum and overlapping the suboperculum.
Nine strong branchiostegal rays, mostly exposed. Gill-openings wide, united
across, and to, isthmus. Three long, stout gill-rakers on upper part of
lower half of first branchial arch, preceded by a series of spinulose short
blunt rakers dwindling anteriorly.

Body tapering, compressed, covered with thin, imbricate, cycloid scales,
which also extend on to the fins. Their margins are ovate or lanceolate,
most of them have a median ridge and they are disposed in long, waved,
longitudinal rows. Between the scale-rows are sulci which emphasize their
direction. Lateral line complete, originating just behind a pocket over the
gill-opening and following the curve of the back along the sides to the tail,
its course is marked by shallow troughs and spaced ridges, too irregular to
be precisely counted. The extensions of the lateral line over the head are
very indistinct. Pectoral axil naked. Vent moderate, before anal fin. No
genital cage.

Dorsal fin originating slightly behind level of gill-opening and extend-
ing along back to join the caudal; it has about one hundred rays, closest
together posteriorly, but these are invested with fatty tissue and a scaly
sheath. Anal fin originating in anterior half of fish, similar to dorsal,
with about eighty rays and likewise joined to the small rounded caudal fin.
Pectorals broadly rounded. Ventrals jugular, each of one long bifid ray.

Colour, after long preservation in formalin, uniform light brown. Eye
yellowish, pupil bluish. No colour markings, but the scales are densely
dotted with brown chromatophores.

Described and figured from the holotype of the species, a specimen 437
mm. or about 173 inches over all.

Locality—Great Australian Bight, Western Australia; edge of bank,
S.W. from Eucla; 80 to 120 fathoms; April, 1913. F.I.V. “Endeavour” collec-
tion (Holotype, registered No. E.3,508).

Six paratypes (E.2,336 to 2,338, E.3,506 and 3,507, and 1.12,320) from
the same locality, or nearby, in 70 to 120 fathoms, March and April, 1913.

44 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

The paratypes enable me to determine certain internal characters which
are important for comparison with allied genera. In one of these (E.3,506),
the tail had been lost, possibly through being bitten off by another fish;
the dorsal and anal fins have grown around part of the stump and a false
caudal fin of regenerated rays has been formed rather like the re-grown
tail of some of the Macrurid fishes.

Premaxillary processes longer than eye. Maxillary with a large supple-
mental bone. The large pungent spine which protrudes over the sub-
operculum originates on the reduced operculum. More than fifty myotomes,
sixteen of which are before the tail. Otolith nearly as long as eye.

Four actinosts at pectoral base, with lenticular interspaces.

The ventral fins are not attached to any of the hyal bones but appear
to have a small pelvic girdle. Peritoneum dark brownish-grey inside,
milky-blue externally. Numerous pyloric caeca. The air-bladder is long
and bag-shaped, tough, and widest posteriorly, where there is an aperture.

A few nematodes in coelome. Sex apparently male. Sixty vertebrae.

Food: Mantis shrimps and crabs.

Family PLATYCEPHALIDAE.
Subfamily CyMBACEPHALINAE.
Genus CYMBACEPHALUS Fowler, 1938.

Cymbacephalus Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., lxxxv., 1938, p. 90. Orthotype,
Platycephalus nematophthalmus Gunther.

CYMBACEPHALUS NEMATOPHTHALMUS (Giinther, 1860).

Head moderately depressed, with ridges and spines and small scales.
No radiating cranial ridges. Interorbital strongly excavate with several
spines on its ridges posteriorly. A shallow pit behind each eye, the latter
large, elliptical. Several conspicuous dermal flaps over eye and a tentacle
on lower eyelid. Side of head unicarinate; infraorbital ridges spineless,
the cheeks bulging below them. Nostril flaps small. Two very short, blunt,
spaced preopercular spines, mostly covered by skin, and a vestige of a
third lower spine; no antrorse spines. Teeth mostly villiform on jaws,
vomer and palatines, but some are cardiform anteriorly; no enlarged
canines.

Some dimensions, in mm., are: Head, 95; depth, 30; standard length,
215; horizontal diameter of eye, 17; vertical do., 14.5; interorbital, 7; depth
of caudal peduncle, 10.

Body not elongate, depressed anteriorly and compressed behind caudal
peduncle. Skin leathery; body with large cycloid scales. About fifty some-
what enlarged lateral line scales, none of them with upstanding spines; no
bucklers. Fins as in flatheads generally. D.viii., 11; A., 11. Membranes
extending to near tips of spines and rays.

Colour yellow above, whitish below. Some rusty oblique lines on fins,
a few diffuse spots on head, and ill-defined orange bars on body anteriorly.
Apparently no dark border to anal fin and only the very tips of the lower
caudal rays fuscous.

Described from a specimen 215 mm. in standard length or ten inches
over all. Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IB.470.

Locality —Outer harbour, Albany, Western Australia; presented by Mr.
A. J. Fraser, Chief Inspector of Fisheries, Perth, W. Australia.

New record for Western Australia.

WHITLEY. 45

Family ANTENNARIIDAE.

LOPHIOCHARON GORAMENSIS (Bleeker, 1864).
(Plate ii., fig. 29.)

Antennarius goramensis Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Dierk., ii., 1864, p. 177, and
Atlas Ichth: vy. 1865, p. 17, pli cxev., fig. 2. Goram,;, Moluccas. Jd.
Giinther, Journ. Mus. Godeff., xi., Fische der Sudsee, v., 1876, p. 164, pl.
c., fig. B (as A. commersonii, var., from Raiatea) .

De lay Av Obey Ll Ve Onn C259.

Head (67 mm.), 3.1; depth (167) 1.2 in standard length (210). Eye
very small, an oblique ellipse, 7 mm. long, less than gill-opening (10).
Upper jaw 62 mm. Low jaw jutting prominently. Preorbital overhanging
premaxillary superiorly. Maxillary extensive, its end rounded. Several
rows of backwardly-directed small canines on jaws, vomer, palatines and
pterygoids and a patch on each side of tongue. Chin rounded, protruding.
Pharynx plicate, greatly distensible. Nostrils elongate, slit-like.

Form very deep, somewhat compressed, subelliptical in transverse sec-
tion, its width less than half its depth; upper profile gibbous, lower convex,
the body being covered with baggy integument densely covered with a pile
of short prickles. The latter are mostly bifid but some are trifid and a few
are enlarged, notably in groups on hummocks at intervals along the lateral
line system (notably along back, around operculum and chin, and behind
maxillaries), where there may be a digitiform or filamentous cutaneous flap
amongst the spines on the hummocks. No warts.

A naked patch of skin, but no sunken area, on each side of second
(frontal) dorsal spine. Illicium long and filamentous, unfortunately incom-
plete in this specimen, at least 53 mm. long, and thus longer than frontal
and occipital dorsal spines. Second dorsal spine much shorter and
straighter than third, both connected by membrane to back.

Dorsal rays about equal to third dorsal spine, but the lengths are
difficult to determine without dissecting away integument and basal tissue.
Anal base less than half that of soft dorsal. Outlines of fins broadly
rounded with ends of rays protruding bluntly. Most of the fin rays are
simple, but some of the median rays of the unpaired fins are bifid. Ventral
fins very short and broad.

Ground colour blackish, densely overlain by irregular patches of pink
which are largest on sides of head, nape, flanks, and caudal base. Also
irregularly disposed, but roughly conforming to the lateral line system, are
series of greyish-brown lichen-like patches. Maxillary, inside of mouth,
and chin brownish to brownish-grey with irregular cream lines. Vent and
tips of fin-rays whitish. The whole coloration must resemble weed-covered
rock to an extraordinary degree and effectively camouflage the living fish.
The eye is almost invisible, being blended with the general colour-patterns.
In spite of their irregular nature, the markings are fairly symmetrical on
each side of the fish. No ocelli, though there are dusky patches on dorsal
and anal bases. Illicium horn-yellowish with brown rings.

Described and figured from a specimen nearly one foot over all (Austr.
Mus., Regd. No. IA.5,824).

Locality —Off Cairns, north Queensland; 24 fathoms. Presented by Dr.
P. S. Clarke in June,.1933. The circumstances of its capture were unusual,

46 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

the donor stating: “A Queensland Groper [Promicrops lanceolatus] weigh-
ing about two cwt. was caught on a fishing line when fishing at a depth of
24 fathoms. As soon as the Groper was landed on the deck it vomited the
Angler Fish, which latter was alive at the time. Charles Jorgensen was the
fisherman who caught the groper”.

New record for Queensland. Extralimital in East Indies and Oceania.

Differs from Antennarius [= Lophiocharon] goramensis, as described
and figured by Bleeker, in having the back more elevated, the occipital
dorsal spine being higher than anterior dorsal rays, the distance from snout
to origin of soft dorsal fin is subequal to that from origin of soft dorsal
fin to roots of caudal rays, and in lacking the black ocelli, but these differ-
ences are probably due to ordinary variation.

From the genotype, Lophiocharon broomensis Whitley (Rec. Austr. Mus.,
xix., 1933, p. 104, pl. xv., fig. 1. Broome, Western Australia), L. goramensis
differs in having teeth on vomer and on each side of tongue, dorsal spines
more separated from one another and from soft dorsal fin, more pectoral
rays, gill-openings greater than eyes, and in coloration.

ANTENNARIUS ASPER Macleay, 1881.
(Plate ii., fig. 30.)

Here figured from a specimen, nearly 4 inches long, from Murray
Island, Queensland, which is very near the type locality, Darnley Island.

Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IA.3,718.

The rough skin, yellowish coloration, and black rings on the caudal
membranes are characteristic.

HISTIOPHRYNE BOUGAINVILLI (Cuv. & Val., 1837).
(Fig. 31.)

This little Angler Fish was first discovered by Baron Bougainville’s
expedition, which may have dredged it at Sydney, though no type-locality
was given. McCulloch and Waite (Rec. S. Austr. Mus., i., 1918, p. 72, pl. vii.,
fig. 1) figured it from South Australia, but it is also found well to the north
and Waite (Rec. S. Austr. Mus., ii., 1924, p. 486) recorded it from Port
Stephens, New South Wales, but the Australian Museum has since received
specimens from Woy Woy, New South Wales, and Heron Island, Queens-
land—a new record for the latter State. The Woy Woy example is very
bloated and its fins are abraded through its having been washed up on the
ocean beach; standard length, 41 mm.

Its colours, when fresh, were bright yellow with faint greyish reti-
culations and a few large irregular rusty patches on sides and behind
pectorals; eye green.

The small Queensland specimen may be described as follows:—

DSU 1G As, Oe bore Vos unos

Head (9 mm.), 2.6, depth (15) 1.6 in standard length (24). Width of
head, 8 mm.; maxillary, 3.75; eye, 2 mm.; interorbital, 3; snout, 1.5; illicium,
2.5; depth of caudal peduncle, 3.5; preanal length, 16; base of soft dorsal
(from first to last ray), 16; base of anal, 6.

Upper profile of head much steeper than lower, the head being higher
than long. Maxilla narrow, just reaching below eye, and before a hump
on the cheek. Head with series of paired flaps along mucous canal system.

WHITLEY. 47

Anterior nostrils bell-like, opening forwards; posterior nostrils smaller,
opening upwards. Lower lip coarsely crenulated. Patches of villiform
teeth on jaws and tongue. Chin prominent. Gill-opening in a small tube
behind pectoral.

Skin smooth. Form elevated, compressed, back strongly arched, belly
concave. The lateral line descends sharply behind the pectoral fin to the
posterior anal rays. Illicium short with a club-like, truncated tip. Second

Fig. 31. Smooth Angler Fish, Histiophryne bougainvilli. Heron Island,
Queensland.

dorsal spine also short, joined to third by membrane; the third spine is
likewise connected to first dorsal ray. Length of dorsal rays increasing
towards rear of fin. Anal rounded, its rays longer than the dorsal ones.
Dorsal, anal and the rounded caudal joined by membranes. Most caudal
rays branched. Pectorals of the usual elbowed type. Ventrals stubby,
curled outwards.

General ground colour in formalin pale brownish-pink on head, body,
and fins. Close-set pale brown mottlings on sides of head and body, or
radiating from eye, the most conspicuous being three or four large clusters
forming darker blotches along back below soft dorsal fin. Inner part of
“wrist” with a dark greenish band. A small barnacle-like spot in pectoral
axil. Tips of paired fins mottled brownish. Caudal with pink blotches.
Eye pale green, pupil black. :

Locality—Heron Island, Queensland; in clump of coral (Regd. No.
IB.771). Probably the coloration imitates, to some extent, the coral hiding-
place.

Described from, a specimen 24 mm. in standard length or 13 inches
over all, obtained by Mr. A. A. Cameron, of Harwood Island, New South
Wales, who has collected many interesting marine animals in Queensland
and northern New South Wales.

48 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Family TRIACANTHIDAE.
TRIACANTHUS FALCANALIS Ogilby, 1910.
(Fig. 32.)

Here figured from the smallest of Ogilby’s co-types in the Queensland

Museum, the lectotype, 191 mm. in standard length or about 93 inches over
all.

Fig. 32. Tripod Fish, Triacanthus falcanalis. Lectotype, Moreton Bay,
Queensland.

This species may now be added to the New South Wales fauna, as Mr.

G. Kesteven collected a young example in Terranora Lakes, Tweed River
(Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IB.1,005).

Family BALIsTIDAE.
Genus ABALISTES Jordan and Seale, 1906.
ABALISTES STELLATUS (Anon), var.

Balistes stellatus Anonymous, Allgem. Lit.-Zeitung, iii., 287, September 24,
1798, p. 682. Based on “Le Baliste étoilé” Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., i.,
1798, p. 350, pl. xv., fig. 1, vernac. Indian Sea. Jd. Daudin, Dict. Sci.
Nat., ili, 1804, p. 474. Id. Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii., 1870, p.
212 (Hope Is. and W. Austr., etc.). Jd. Castelnau, Res. Fish. Austr. (Vict.
Offic. Rec. Phil. Exhib.), 1875, p. 49 (Qld.). Jd. Rendahl, K. Svenska
Vet. Akad. Handl., lxi., 9, 1921, p. 23, fig. 7 (Cape Jaubert, W.A.).

Balistes stellaris Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 476. On Lacé-
pede, L.c.

Leiurus macrophthalmus Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish. Amphib. Rept., ii. July,
1839, p. 326. On Russell, Fish. Vizag., 1803, pl. 22. Vizagapatam.

Leiurus russellii Swainson, ibid., p. 326. On Russell, pl. 23, Vizagapatam
(Swainson’s copy in Austr. Mus. lib.).

WHITLEY. 49

Balistes phaleratus Richardson, Discov. in Austr. (Stokes), i., 1846, p. 484,
pl. i., figs. 4-5 (young). West coast of Australia. Type in British
Museum,

’ 9 Balistes vachelli Richardson, Zool. Sulphur., 1845, p. 129 (young). Canton.

Balistes phalliatus Bleeker, Atlas. Ichth., v., 1869, p. 106. Error for
phaleratus, in synonymy of Leiurus stellatus.

Abalistes stellaris Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish., xxv., 1905 (1906),
p. 364, and of modern authors.

Abalistes stellaris var. phaleratus McCulloch, Rec. W. Austr. Mus., i., 3, 1914,
p. 227 (Port Hedland, W.A.).

A fine specimen, 19 inches long, was caught off the Prince Henry
Hospital, Little Bay, near Sydney, New South Wales, on 23rd April, 1940, and
presented to the Australian Museum by Mr. W. Jones (Regd. No. IB.506).

New record for New South Wales.

The Australian Museum has specimens from McCulloch Reef, Great
Barrier Reef, Queensland (W. E. Paradice) ; Port Hedland, north-west Aus-
tralia (W.A. Mus.) form phaleratus; Hervey Bay district, Queensland (Dr.
Lockwood) ; and Madras, India (F. Day).

Habitat—W. Australia, Queensland, New South Wales, East Indies,
India, Philippines, Pacific and Indian Oceans, South Africa, Red Sea.

The type may have come from Mauritius or India and the New South
Wales specimen does not agree perfectly with the original description and
figure, so may require a new subspecific name.

However, in view of known variation in file fishes, it may be left in
abeyance for the time being.

Family ALEUTERIDAE.
BLANDOWSKIUS BUCEPHALUS Whitley, 1931.

Blandowskius bucephalus Whitley, Austr. Zool., vi., 4, February 13, 1931, p.
329, pl. xxvi., fig. 1. Off Wilson’s Promontory, Victoria.

Messrs. Hugh Ward and Knud Moller have trawled several examples of
this species in 35 to 70 fathoms off Eden—a new record for New South
Wales.

These specimens, up to 4 inches over all, show that the head of the
holotype was abnormal, for in these the profile is sloping and either gently
convex or excavated before the eyes. The bluish spots are very regular.
The dorsal spine is straight, or curved backwards, and is armed with four
rows of spines.

Family MO.IpAE.
Genus Mota Cuvier, 1798.
MOLA RAMSAYI (Giglioli, 1883).

Orthragoriscus ramsayi Giglioli, Nature, xxviii., August 2, 1883, p. 315.
Sydney.

Mola ramsayi Whitley, Rec. Austr. Mus., xviii., 1931, p. 126, pl. xvi., figs. 1, 3
and 4, and text-fig. 2 (refs. and synon.). Id. Griffin, Ann. Rept. Auck-
land Mus., 1931, pp. 13 and 37 (10 cwt., N.Z. specimen). Jd. Schmidt,
Dana’s Togt. omkring jorden, 1932, p. 249, et seq., fig. 193. Id. Whitley,
Vict. Naturalist, xlix., 1933, p. 210, figs. 1-2 (Lord Howe Is. juvenile). Id.
Stead, Giants and Pigmies, 1933, p. 72 and figs.

50 ICHTHYOLOGICAL NOTES AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

Since 1931, when I issued a list of all the known Australasian occur-
rences of the Ocean Sunfish, several more specimens have come to light.
Griffin (loc. cit.) refers to a 10 cwt. New Zealand specimen in 1931. On May
17, 1932, a sunfish, 7 ft. 4 in. long, was washed ashore at Bulli, New South
Wales. A sunfish was caught at Point Piper, Port Jackson, on October 18,
1934. Then at the Hight-hour Day week-end, October 7, 1936, a large
specimen was caught at Watson’s Bay and kept in captivity for a few days
at Manly Aquarium. A sunfish was caught with rod and reel near Ber-
magui, New South Wales, January 26, 1937. The Auckland Weekly News of
April 7, 1937, figured another Mola, ‘‘stranded last week” at Onehunga
Wharf, Auckland, New Zealand; it measured 3 by 4 feet and weighed about
150 lb. A large one, 11 ft. 4 in. between fin-tips, was found at Catherine
Hill Bay, New South Wales, in February, 1938. A New Zealand example, 44
by 8 ft., was caught on a snapper line at Gisborne, New Zealand, in October,
1938.

The description of a “sunfish” from the Grafton district, New South
Wales, published in the press early in 1939, obviously referred to a Devil
Ray (Daemomanta). Finally, on February 26, 1939, a small sunfish was
caught above the bridge at Roseville, near Sydney, New South Wales, in
shallow water, miles from the open sea. Fortunately, Dr. H. C. Raven, of
the American Museum of Natural History, was in Sydney, and we examined
and dissected the specimen for comparison with Gregory and Raven’s
account of the anatomy of Mola mola in Copeia, 1934, 4, p. 145 and plate.
The Roseville specimen agreed very closely with the American one in ana-
tomical features. It was a young female, 5 ft. 7 in. in total length; the
liver was very worm-infested and the alimentary canal, which measured 14
feet from the pharyngeal teeth to the anus, contained no food.

There were a few strips of Zostera-weed in the pharynx. The oviduct
was preserved, also the pharyngeal teeth (Austr. Mus., Regd. No. IA.8,035).
About 15 dorsal and anal rays and 12 pectoral could be counted exteriorly.

Dimensions: Total length, 67 inches; depth of body, 38; between dorsal
and anal fin-tips, 87; head, 184; snout, 84; eye, 24; gill-opening, 4; pectoral
base, 54; length of pectoral fin, 103.

Another sunfish was stranded at La Perouse, Botany Bay, on September
9, 1940, but had been towed to sea before I could examine it.

51
A BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.
By Tom IREDALE.
(Contribution from the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales.)
(Plates iii. and iv.)

The occurrence in North Queensland of land mollusca of undoubted
Papuan relationship necessitated criticism of Papuan material. The Rev.
H. T. Williams, a few years ago, brought in a series of shells from the
Trobriand Islands, and these were set on one side, the nature of the fauna
being at that time unfamiliar. Recently, the Rev. H. K. Bartlett presented a
series from Misima (St. Aignan) and other islands of the Louisiade Group,
and has undertaken the collection of more material. The time, therefore,
becomes opportune to bring the data regarding the Papuan fauna into line
with that of Australia, as nothing is available since Hedley’s list fifty years
ago. My talented predecessor, Charles Hedley, initiated his brilliant
malacological career with a study of the Papuan Land Mollusca, having
made a large collection himself, and this local knowledge counteracted his
lack of experience. Since his list was prepared small collections have come
to hand, and these are here brought under review, but the present List
must be regarded as purely a basic effort, our knowledge of the vast area
being still very slight. It has been a difficult task even to compile such a
list as many species were described as from “New Guinea”, an absolutely
meaningless term, considering the size of that huge island, with the fact
that there are three different faunal areas included in the island. Although
at one time Papua was used for the whole island, this is now the official
name of the south-eastern portion only, formerly known as British New
Guinea; to the west is Dutch New Guinea and to the north is the Territory
of New Guinea, formerly known as German New Guinea. Hedley wrote
“(Papua) comprises the south-eastern quarter of (New Guinea) with the
adjacent reefs and islands, except those falling within the Queensland
boundary, between the meridians of 141° and 155° of E. Long., and the
parallels of 8° and 12° of S. Lat. Though these political boundaries do not
form the natural limits of the fauna. . . . The land shells of the province
exhibit four rather distinct geographical divisions:—(a) The alpine fauna.
(b) That region lying between Port Moresby and the Fly River. (c) South
Cape Island, and includes all the eastern extremity of New Guinea with the
outlying islands adjacent, and (d) The Louisiade, Dentrecasteaux, Trobriand
and Woodlark Archipelagos’”.

Collections now available show that the last three merge, while the
alpine fauna is still unknown, and that, contrary to Hedley’s conclusion, the
political boundaries in this case coincide quite closely with the natural dis-
tribution of the fauna. Thus the western fauna flows down the north coast,
and a few species penetrate into Papua, but these are easily recognisable,
while on the other hand only a very few of the western Solomon Island
groups reach into the eastern limits of the Papuan island appanages.

It may be noted that some sixty years ago, Tapparone-Canefri listed
the land and freshwater molluscs of New Guinea, and only two hundred
and nine species of land shells were recognised. Hedley gave a review of
the collectors up to 1890, and since then only desultory collections have

52 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

been made, none of much extent. Over one hundred years ago, G. B.
Sowerby, Jr., wrote (Conch. Man. Introd., p. v., 1839): “Let none be dis-
couraged by the number of generic distinctions created in modern times;
for, if well defined, they will be found to facilitate rather than encumber
the study. The knowledge of species must be the foundation of every
system, and the greater the number of species, the greater is the necessity
for systematic distinctions. . . . Every well marked division, however
arbitrary its limits, tends to simplify the subject, and to facilitate the re-
searches of the student”.

Now there has just come to hand an excellent list of British Non-
Marine Mollusca, by A. S. Kennard, and therein it is noted that the true
Helicids, only twenty-three species, are separated into no fewer than sixteen
genera. How many divisions will later be utilised in connection with this
and the Australian Land Mollusca cannot even be guessed at, especially as
these localities incorporate distinct faunal elements, and the fauna is not
in any sense homogeneous, as the British Land Mollusca is. Anatomical
study will apparently be responsible for much of the splitting, as evidenced
by the recent account of Zonitid Shells from the Pacific Islands, by Burring-
ton Baker, wherein the only blot appears to be due to the struthionine
subterfuge of the nomination of subgenera extensively. When the shells so
differentiated are examined by a conchologist it becomes evident that much
more splitting must be undertaken by the latter to keep abreast of the
anatomist. It also seems evident that unless the anatomist has a lead from
the conchologist he is generally unable to form any definite conclusion as
to the relationship of the molluscan animal he has so meticulously dis-
sected.

Class GASTROPODA.

Subclass PROSOBRANCHIA.
Order PECTINIBRANCHIA.
Family HyDROCENIDAE.
Genus DRAMELIA 70v.
Type, Realia isseliana Tapparone-Canefri.
Shell very small, conical, perforate, whorls rounded, mouth subcircular,
almost free. The generic name Realia cannot be maintained here as it is
the correct name for a group, usually called Omphalotropis, as hereafter

shown. The Neozelanic group recently known as Realia will bear the
name Liarea, and this has nothing to do with the present species.

DRAMELIA ISSELIANA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Realia isseliana Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 271, pl. 10, figs. 12-13 (dated July 14). Wokan Is., Aru.

This has been recorded from the Purari Valley, Papua.

Family HELICINIDAE.

Many forms of Helicinids have been recorded under the generic name
Helicina, and through this lumping usage there has been great confusion
of species. An attempt is here made to group them more accurately, but
owing to the very poor monographic accounts available, this is open to
later emendation, and many more species will be added.

Wagner’s Monograph is so inaccurate that it is more troublesome than
useful, as evidenced by the omissions pointed out by Fulton (Proc. Malac.

IREDALE. 53

Soc. (Lond.), Vol. xi., pp. 237-241, March 29, 1915, and id. ib., pp. 324-326,
August 20, 1915).

1905.

1905.

1863.

1866.

1873.

1891.

1905.

1889.

1905.

1909.

1887.

Genus PALAEOHELICINA Wagner, 1905.
Palaeohelicina Wagner, Denkschr. k. akad. Wissen. Wien., Math.-Nat.
Class, Vol. Ixxvii., p. 435. Logotype, Ired., Austr. Zool., viii., p. 292,
1937. H. fischeriana S. & M.
Rhabdokonia id. ib. Same type.

PALAEOHELICINA FISCHERIANA Souverbie & Montrouzier, 1863.
Helicina fischeriana Souverbie & Montrouzier, Journ. de Conch., Vol.
xi., p. 76, January 1; id., p. 171, pl. 5, fig. 3, April 1. Woodlark Is.
Helicina carinifera Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. iv., p. 295, fig. 431
(as carinata Orbigny)). Woodlark Is.

Helicina carinifera Sowerby, Conch. Icon. (Reeve), Vol. xix., pl. xxvii.,
p. 241 (as of Orbigny), December. Woodlark Is.

PALAEOHELICINA INSULARUM Hedley, 1891.
Helicina insularum Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
113, pl. xii., bis., fig. 44, September 9. Sudest Is., Louisiades.
Palaeohelicina fischeriana lampra Wagner, Denkschr. akad. Wissen.
Wien., Vol. 77, p. 436. Louisiades ( as synonym Wagner, Syst. Conch.
Cab. (cont. Kuster), Bd. I., Abth. 18, p. 246, 1909.

PALAEOHELICINA CONGENER Smith, 1889.
Helicina congener Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p. 203,
pl. 13, fig. 17, September. Misima, Louisiades. The figure of Helicina
tecta Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. iii, p. 295, fig. 434, 1866, is
suspiciously like this species.

PALAEOHELICINA PHRONEMA Wagner, 1905.
Palaeohelicina fischeriana phronema Wagner, Denkschr. akad.
Wissen. Wien., Vol. 77, p. 436, pl. ix., figs. lla, b, c. Fergusson Is.
Paldeohelicina fischeriana elegans Wagner, Syst. Conch. Cab. (Mart.
& Chemn.), cont. Kuster, Bd. I., Abth. 18, p. 245, pl. 48, fig. 13. Fer-
gusson Is. (phronema figd. id. ib., pl. 48, figs. 11-12).

PALAEOHELICINA NOVOGUINEENSIS Smith, 1887.
Helicina novoguineensis Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix.,
p. 425, pl. 15, figs. 11, 1la, June. Foot of Owen Stanley Mountains, New
Guinea: id. ib., Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p. 203, pl. 13, fig. 17.

PALAEOHELICINA VOCATOR SDP. NOV.

Specimens from Maneao, N.E, Papua, are true Paldaeohelicina, differing
in form from the nearest species, P. phronema, being 16 mm. broad by 12
mm. high, instead of 20 mm. by 14 mm., with much coarser sculpture. The
coloration is that typical of the genus, but the red markings are not very
pronounced.

1909.

1851.

Genus KaALoxonia Wagner, 1909.
Kalokonia Wagner, Syst. Conch. Cab. (Mart. & Chemn.), cont. Kuster,
Bd. I., Abth. 18, p. 238, dated 15/6/1909. Type, here selected, Helicina
moquiniana Recluz.
KALOKONIA LOUISIADENSIS Forbes, 1851.

Helicina louisiadensis Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, Vol. ii., p. 382, pl. iii.,
figs. 5a-b., “1852” = December, 1851. Round Is., Coral Haven, Calvados
Chain.

54

1891.

1909.

1851.

BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

KALOKONIA WOODLARKENSIS Smith, 1891.
Helicina woodlarkensis Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. vili.,
p. 138, January. Woodlark Is. Paratype figured by Hedley, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi. p. 114, pl. xii., bis., fig. 46, 1891.
Genus SPHAEROCONIA Wagner, 1909.
Sphaeroconia Wagner, Syst. Conch. Cab. (Mart. & Chemn.), cont.
Kuster, Bd. I., Abth. 18, p. 189 (dated January 25). Logotype (Ired.,
Austr. Zool., viii., p. 292, 1937), Helicina sphaeroconus Mollendorft.
SPHAEROCONIA STANLEYI Forbes, 1851.
Helicina stanleyi Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, Vol. ii., p. 381, pl. 3, figs.
4a-b, “1852” = December, 1851. Duchateau Is., Louisiades.

Note: Wagner (Denkschr. akad. Wissen. Wien., Vol. 77, p. 438, pl. ix.,
figs. 17a-b, 1905) described and figured specimens from Mailu, north of
Orangerie Bay, Papua, under this name, tall banded specimens, measuring
6.2 mm. x 4.4 mm., and this mainland form may be called Sphaeroconia
superflua sp. nov.

1891.

1909.

1905.

1891.

1891.

1905.

1891.

1890.

1887.

1906.

1876.

SPHAEROCONIA ROSSELENSIS Hedley, 1891.
Helicina rosselensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
113, September 9. Rossel Is., Louisiades.
Palaeohelicina stanleyi rosselensis Wagner, Syst. Conch. Cab. (Mart.
& Chemn.), cont. Kuster, Bd. L, Abth. 18, p. 251, pl. 50, fig. 23 (dated
May 4).
Palaeohelicina filiae Wagner, Denkschr. akad. Wissen. Wien., Vol. 77,
p. 439, pl. ix., figs. 14a, b,c. “Louisiades’” = Rossel Is.
SPHAEROCONIA TROBRIANDENSIS Hedley, 1891.
Helicina trobriandensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 113, September 9. Trobriand Is.
SPHAEROCONIA MURUENSIS Hedley, 1891.

Helicina muruensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
113, September 9. Woodlark Is.

SPHAEROCONIA EDUARDI Wagner, 1905.
Aphanoconia eduardi Wagner, Denkschr. akad. Wissen. Wien., Vol. 77,
p. 393, pl. iv., figs. 17a, b, c. Louisiades = Sudest Is., fide Conch. Cab.,
Bd. I., Abth. 18, p. 203, 1909.

SPHAEROCONIA SINUS Hedley, 1891.

Helicina sinus Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 113,
pl. xii., bis., fig. 45, September 9. Mita, Milne Bay, Papua.

SPHAEROCONIA DENTONI Pilsbry, 1890.
Helicina dentoni Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1890, p. 186,
July 29. British New Guinea (Denton) = Port Moresby district.
Helicina solitaria Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix., p. 425,
pl. 15, fig. 10, June. Foot of Astrolabe Mountains; refigured from
Eafa district, 5,000-6,000 ft., Smith, Journ. Malac., Vol. v., p. 22, pl.
ii., fig. 15, 1896. ‘Not Helicina solitaria C. B. Adams, Pr. Bost. Soc.
N.H., p. 12, 1845.
Palaeohelicina hara Wagner, Denkschr. akad. Wissen. Wien., Vol. 78,
p. 204, pl. x., figs. 18a, b, c. British New Guinea.

SPHAEROCONIA COXENT Brazier, 1876.
Helicina coxeni Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p. 111, July

IREDALE. 55

2. Yule Is. Figd. Tapparone-Canefri, Ann, Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol.
xix., p. 274, fig. g in text, and pl. ix., figs. 12-13, 1883.
SPHAEROCONIA MAINO Brazier, 1876.
1876. Helicina maino Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i. p. 115, July.
Katow, Brit. New Guinea. Type figured by Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 115, pl. xii., bis., fig. 47, 1891.

SPHAEROCONIA REGESTA SDP. NOV.

Nearest S. coreni Brazier, geographically, but smaller, flatter and with
coarser sculpture, twelve ridges on the last whorl above the periphery,
while there are about twenty on coxeni, the ridges also being more re-
gularly spaced. The type from Purari Valley, Papua, measures 12 mm. broad
and 8 mm. high. The colour is pale creamish with the apical whorls lemon
yellow.

Genus NEGOPENIA 70v.
Type, Negopenia leucostoma idesa subsp. nov.

This peculiar little Helicinid has an elevated spire, whorls smooth,
convex, mouth not very oblique, angulate at the columella, umbilical pad
small and finely punctate, operculum thin, a little concave externally.

NEGOPENIA LEUCOSTOMA IDESA Subsp. nov.
Tapparone-Canefri (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix., H. lewcostoma, p.
277, fig. in text, 1883 (dated July 14)), described and figured Helicina
leucostoma from New Guinea, and Hedley recorded it from Purari Valley,
Papua. The latter specimen, while apparently congeneric and conspecific,
differs a little in size, the striation obsolete, measuring 5 mm. by 5.5 mm.,
the spire broader and the sutures less impressed.

Genus PECOVIANA 70v.
Type, Helicina multicoronata Hedley.

The bristly periostracum differentiates this from all other local
Helicinids, and is associated with smooth callus, with operculum with almost
central nucleus; the small size and globosely conical form also separate it
from other Papuan groups.

PECOVIANA MULTICORONATA Hedley, 1891.

1891. Helicina multicoronata Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 115, pl. xii., bis., fig. 48, September 9. Mita, Milne Bay, Papua.

Hedley also recorded this species from the Purari Valley, which sug-
gests that the genus is widely spread in Papua.

Note: Many queries still persist in the determination of Helicinids
through locality and other errors. Thus Helicina suprafasciata was des-
cribed by Sowerby (Conch. Icon. (Reeve), Vol. xix., pl. 30, sp. 300, February,
1874, from Australia), and Hedley reported that Smith, from comparison of
the type, had identified it as insularum, and that Australia was thus in-
correct. He added a tale from Brazier as to the comparison, but the
description and figure do not agree with insularum, being more like that of
the sinus series. Wagner omitted the species altogether, so that until the
group is studied more accurately, the name suprafasciata can be omitted
from this faunula. Again, Sulfurina was proposed by Mollendorff, Ber.
Senckenb. Ges., p. 141, June-October, 1893, with orthotype, Helicina citrina
Grateloup, measuring 14.5 mm. by 8.5 mm., from the Is. of Luzon, Philip-
pines.

56 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Genus PESTOMENA 700.
Type, Sulfurina jickelii Wagner.
This small shell, measuring 3.5 mm. by 2.2 mm., was noted by Wagner
himself as not a typical Sulfurina, being more globose, the whorls more
convex, the basal angulation obsolete and the sculpture a little reticulate.

PESTOMENA JICKELII Wagner, 1905.

1905. Swulfurina jickelii Wagner, Denkschr. akad. Wissen. Wien., Vol. 77, p.
381, pl. iv., figs. la, b, c. Stirling Range, Brit. New Guinea.
Family CycLOPHORIDAE.

Thiele’s family of this name is a curious agglomeration of true
Cyclophorids, many pseudo-Cyclophorid groups with Pupinids and Diplom-
matinids and a few other series. The family name is here used for the
restricted Cyclophorus-like forms.

Genus Lepropoma Pfeiffer, 1847.

1847. Leptopoma Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. fiir Malak., 1847, p. 47, March. Logo-
type, Kobelt. Illustr. Conchylienbuch, p. 194, 1878, Leptopoma vitreum
Lesson, s. nitidum Sowerby.

1855. Dermatocera H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., Vol. ii., p. 282,
November. Logotype, Leptopoma vitreum Lesson.

LEPTOPOMA NITIDUM Sowerby, 1843.

1843. Cyclostoma nitidum Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. i., p. 133, pl. xxix.,
figs. 225-227, ante June 23. Is. of Guinaras and Zebu, Philippine
Islands. ;

Many forms of this style will later be differentiated as series show local
variation. This is the group known as vitrewm Lesson, but Lesson’s choice
was invalid through preoccupation.

Thus a series from Misima is composed of large broad shells, measuring
18 mm. in breadth, by 19.5 mm. in height, whilst in another from Tube
Tube, Engineer Group, the average is 15 mm. broad by 17 mm. high, the
smaller one showing more peripheral keeling and much stronger sculpture.
These may be named as L. n. sanctum subsp. n., and L. n. faber subsp. n.,
respectively as a beginning.

LEPTOPOMA GIANELLII Tapparone-Canefri, 1886.

1886. Leptopoma gianelliti Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Ser.
2, Vol. iv., p. 183, pl. 2, figs. 10-11 (dated July 6). Katau, Papua.

From the Purari Valley a similar specimen, measuring 10 mm. by 10
mm. has the form and horny operculum of Leptopoma, being subkeeled
peripherally, the last whorl sculptured with rather distant delicate ridges,
six or seven on the penultimate and antepenultimate, the apical whorls
being similarly sculptured, red in colour, the body colour being fawn, mottled
with darker.

This must be called Leptopoma injectum sp. nov.

Genus ETTEMONA 70v.
Type, Ettemona perspicua sp. nov.

From the Purari Valley a shell of the same size as the preceding ap-
pears comparatively taller superficially, the whorls shouldered with the last
whorl distinctly peripherally keeled, the base somewhat flattened, the
umbilicus narrow, mouth almost circular, free, lip duplicate all round,
sculpture of bristly ridges, the shoulder bearing three minor ridges, the base

IREDALE. at

showing a dozen ‘finer ridges, the intervening part of the whorl with four
strong ridges, coloration brown, apical whorls black. The operculum is
circular, thin, horny, many whorled, the edges of the whorls slightly fringed.
Recorded by Hedley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. ix., p. 386, pl. xxiv.,
figs. 2-4, December 10, 1894), under the name Lagocheilus poirierii, which
only measures 7 mm. by 7 mm., with operculum unknown.

ETTEMONA POIRIERII Tapparone-Canefri, 1883. i
1883. Cyclotus ? poirierii Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., Vol.
xix., p. 254, pl. 10, figs. 6-7 (dated July 13). Fly River, Papua.

Family PSEUDOCYCLOTIDAE.

This family is provided to accommodate a series of New Guinea oper-
culates, which according to anatomists are neither Cyclotids nor Cyclop-
horids. The true Pseudocyclotus has a shell agreeing in detail with that of
Leptopoma, but with a different radula and operculum. From criticism of
the latter, Thiele classed it next to Omphalotropis, a quaint solution.

Genus PsEupocycLotus Thiele, 1894.

1894. Pseudocyclotus Thiele, Nachr. deutsch. Malak. Gesell., Year 26, p. 23,
January-February No. Orthotype, Cyclostoma novdehiberniae Quoy
& Gaimard.

1885. Adelostoma Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1885, p. 596, October 1,
ex Tapparone-Canefri MS. Logotype, here selected, Cyclotus tristis
Tapparone-Canelfri. Not Adelostoma Duponchel, Mém. Soc. Linn.
Paris, Vol. 6, p. 342, 1827 (Sherborn).

1886. Adelomorpha Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xxiv.,
p. 165 (dated November 23). Logotype, here selected, Cyclotus tristis
T.-C. Not Adelomorpha Snellen. Tijdsch. Ent., Vol. 28, p. 31, 1885
(Neave) .

The shell is very like that of Leptopoma in every conchological feature.
but is smaller and with more pronounced striae. The operculum, instead
of being horny is calcareous, with the outer surface concave. The radula,
according to Martens and Thiele, is of the Cyclostomatid form, rather than
of the Cyclophorid. Obviously this is purely convergential. Hedley was
inclined to lump all the species under the name levis, but the geographical
forms should be kept separate.

PSEUDOCYCLOTUS TRISTIS Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Cyclotus tristis Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 255, pl. 10, figs. 4-5 (dated July 13). Fly River, Papua.

This is one of the smallest of the genus, measuring 5 mm. by 4 mm.,
narrower, and with more marked sculpture than the type.

PSEUDOCYCLOTUS PARVUS Hedley, 1891.
1891. Leptopoma parvum Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
111, pl. xii., bis., fig. 43, September 9. Milne Bay, Papua.

This is larger than the preceding, measuring 6 mm. by 5 mm., while
from the Purari Valley comes another, larger still, measuring 7 mm. by 5.5
mm., with the umbilicus wider and fainter sculpture, and may be called P.
exiguus sp. Nov.

A specimen from Mount Maneao, N.E. Papua, is very unlike P. laeta
Mollendorfi, from Astrolabe Bay, North Coast, being very small and tightly
coiled, spire narrow, umbilicus almost hidden, measuring 5 mm. by 4.5 mm.,
and may be called P. debilior sp. nov.

58 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Genus DOMINAMARIA 700.
Type, Otopoma macgregoriae Hedley.

The shell recalls that of Leptopoma in general features, but is covered
with a fine pilose periostracum, spirally arranged in fine lines, recalling the
sculpture of Leptopoma. The operculum internally is horny as in Lepto-
poma, but this is overlain by three layers of calcareous matter, the two
inner vacuolar, the outer solid, the outer surface very concave, showing four
whorls separated by deep channels, the inner pit depressed.

DOMINAMARIA MACGREGORIAE Hedley, 1894.
1894. Otopoma macgregoriae Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. ix.,
p. 385, pls. xxiv. and xxv., figs. 5, 7, 20, December 10. Purari Valley,
Papua.

DOMINAMARIA ADDITA Sp. NOV.

Shells with similar opercular characters to the preceding are smaller,
more elevated, with the pilose periostracum overridden by a further longi-
tudinal series of bristles, the shell being subkeeled, the keel bearing longer
bristles. These come from the Fly River, and the largest measures 9 mm.
in height by 7 mm. in breadth, a smaller one with operculum measuring 7
mm. in height by 5 mm. in breadth.

DOMINAMARIA HORRIDA Hedley, 1891.

1891. Cyclotus horridus Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
108, pl. xii., bis., fig. 40, September 9. Milne Bay, Papua.

This has a similar operculum to the lastnamed, and has also the same
style of sculpture and bristly ornament, but the shell is more uncoiled and
flattened, measuring 9 mm. broad by 7 mm. high.

DOMINAMARIA FERELEGANS SP. Ov.

1896. Cyclotus horridus Smith, Journ. Malac., Vol. v., p. 20, pl. ii., figs. 16-
18, June 25. North of Orangerie Bay, Papua (Anthony).

This species recalls the preceding, but is much larger, measuring 16-17
mm. in diameter, the bristles coarser and forming a median keel.

DOMINAMARIA BELFORDI Hedley, 1891.

1891. Cyclotus belfordi Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
109, pl. xii., bis., fig. 42, September 9. Mita, Milne Bay, Papua.

DOMINAMARIA KOWALDI Hedley, 1891.

1891. Cyclotus kowaldi Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
109, pl. xii., bis., fig. 41, September 9. Sudest Is., Louisiades.

These species may not be congeneric when the opercula are received,
while none of them posssss the basal spur of the type, so that subgenera
may be constituted later for the two latter, while Memonella subg. n. is
here introduced for Dominamaria addita, and Atrocyclus subgen. n. for
Cyclotus horridus Hedley.

Family CycLOTROPIDAE.

Thiele has placed Cyclotropis as a section of the European genus
Paludinella, a member of the family Assimineidae, an absurd procedure.
The genus was introduced by Tapparone-Canefri for a shell measuring 12
mm. in height by 74 mm. in breadth, of ‘Omphalotropid” appearance, but
with the spire sharply acute, body whorl very large, smooth, finely longi-
tudinally striate, and a narrow umbilicus with marginal keel.

IREDALE. 59

CYCLOTROPIS PAPUENSIS Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Cyclotropis papuensis Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,

Vol. xix., p. 279, pl. 10, figs. 22-23 (dated July 14). Fly River, Papua.
Shells congeneric are at hand from the north-east coast, British New
Guinea, that is Collingwood Bay, and these measure 10 mm. in height by 8
mm. broad, thus shorter and broader, and these may be called C. rigens
sp. nov.
Family REALIIDAE.

This family name based on Realia Gray, not Realia of recent writers,
must be used for the molluscs classed hitherto as Omphalotropids. Realia
was first introduced by Gray in 1840 as a nomen nudum, and this nude
usage continued in 1844 and 1847, but in the Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1849,
167, he introduced it with a new species egea from New Zealand. This
paper did not appear until June, 1850, and meanwhile Gray had published
the name in the Figs. Mollusc. Anim., Vol. iv., p. 20 (which came out before
June, 1850), in connection with two species only, rubens Quoy, and erosa
Quoy. He gives the number allotted to the P.Z.S., 1847, p. 182, reference.
Hence Realia must date from this entrance, and the type is selected as
rubens Quoy. In a little book entitled Nomen. Moll. Anim. Brit. Museum,
Pt. I., Cyclophoridae (with preface dated March, 1850, and issued June 12,
according to Sherborn) Realia is included with nine specific names, the
last one being R. egea with the incomplete reference of “P.Z.S., 1849”.
Pfeiffer was then engaged to prepare a Cat. Phaneropneum. Brit. Mus., and
, this was issued in 1852-53, the pref. date being September 16, 1852, and
date of publication (Sherborn) February 12, 1853. In that place Liarea (p.
217) is introduced as a new name for Realia egea, and Realia is used for the
other species, rubens being given as basis of Gray’s earlier usage. This
should be accepted, as Pfeiffer, at the same time, sank his own Omphalo-
tropis as a synonym. A couple of years later Pfeiffer revoked, and his later
usage has been incorrectly followed. Omphalotropis was also somewhat
confusedly introduced in a list in the Zeitschr. fur Malak., Year 8, No. 11,
p. 176. Nov. with six species, the first hieroglyphica Fer., being here named
as type. The list was continued the succeeding month, and one of the later
named species has been often cited as type.

Genus Stenotropis Mollendorff, 1897.

1897. Stenotropis Mollendorff, Nachr. Malak. Gesell., Vol. xxix., p. 167,
December 20. Logotype (here selected) Omphatotropis (sic) ducalis
Mollend., ex Boettger MS. (Duke of York Is.).

STENOTROPIS BRAZIERI Hedley, 1891.
1891. Omphalotropis brazieri Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 101, pl. xii., fig. 33, September 9. Milne Bay, Papua.

STENOTROPIS PROTRACTA Hedley, 1891.

1891. Omphalotropis protracta Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 101, pl. xii., fig. 34, September 9. Mission Hill, Upper St. Joseph
(Angabunga) River, Hall Sound, Papua.

STENOTROPIS PAPUENSIS Smith, 1896.

1896. Omphalotropis papuensis Smith, Journ. Malac., Vol. v., p. 19, pl. ii.,

fig. 19, June 25. North of Orangerie Bay, Papua (Anthony).

Note: These three species may not be congeneric or even accurately
referable to the above genus, but this is the nearest named group available.

60 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Family PUuPINELLIDAE.

This family has developed extensively in the Louisiade Group, reaching
a very large size. The true Pupinella is a Philippine Island form, the name
being introduced in a British Museum catalogue, entitled “Nomen. Moll.
Brit. Mus.” This book has no author’s name mentioned, the preface being
signed by J. E. Gray, but now the work is assigned to Baird, upon whose
authority I know not. It may be recorded that all contemporaneous
writers, such as Herrmannsen, H. & A. Adams, Pfeiffer, etc., credit the
authorship of Pupinella to Gray. None of the many Papuan species agrees
with the Philippine type, so that names have to be introduced for the
various groups now known. The species vary from comparatively small to
very large, i.e., over 30 mm. in height. The adults are pupiform and solid,
with a circular mouth, the last whorl large and practically non-umbilicate.
The immature, however, is a thin conical helicoid with a very large per-
spective umbilicus and a rather square mouth. It still is very unlike any
Cyclostomatid, Cyclotid or Cyclophorid form of shell with which they are
associated by some workers such as Thiele.

Genus SCAEOPUPINA 70v.
Type, Pupina forbesi Pfeiffer.

Shell large, pupiform, a little excentric, umbilicate, two canals present.
The umbilicus varies from open to a chink only. The posterior canal faint
and the anterior lateral canal merely notches the columellar margin, vary-
ing from a complete notch to a slight indentation, the last whorl strongly
pitted. <

SCAEOPUPINA FORBESI Pfeiffer, 1852.

1852. Pupina forbesi Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. fiir Malak., 1851, p. 150, refers to
Ic., figs. 19-20, probably not yet published: Syst. Conch. Cab. Band L.,
Abth. 19, p. 238, pl. 31, figs. 19-20, August, 1852, for P. grandis Forbes,
'P 'Zi-s.,, tool?» nee Gray:

1851. Pupina grandis Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, Vol. ii., p. 380, pl. 2, figs.
10a-d, ‘1852’ = December, 1851. South East Is., Louisiades. Not
Pupina grandis Gray, A.M.N.H., Vol. vi., p. 77, September, 1840.

SCAEOPUPINA ANGASI Brazier, 1875.

1875. Pupina angasi Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p. 5, April 27,
“New Guinea—Capt. Hovell’” = Rossel Is., Louisiades.

1889. Pupinella louisiadensis Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p.
204, pl. 13, figs. 3-4, September. Rossel Is.

SCAEOPUPINA SMITHII Smith, 1891.

1891. Pupinella smithii Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. vii., p. 136,
January. ex Brazier MS. New name for

1875. Pupinopsis angasi H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1875, p. 389, pl.
45, figs. 2, 2a, October 1. Louisiade Archipelago. Not P. angasi
Brazier, April 1875, supra.

(1873. Pupina grandis var. minor Cox, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1873, p. 567,
November. Louisiades. Indeterminate.]

SCAEOPUPINA ROSSELIANA Smith, 1889.
1889. Pupinella rosseliana Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p.
205, pl. 13, figs. 5, 6, 6a, September. Rossel Is.
Genus DIDpOMASTA nov.

Type, Pupinella macgregori Smith.
Very large solid excentric pupiform shells, imperforate in adult, coarsely

TREDALE. 61

pitted, mouth round, anterior canal developed into a curl, aperture opening
downwards, posterior canal obsolete.

DIDOMASTA MACGREGORI Smith, 1889.
1889. Pupinella macgregori Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p.
205, pl. 13, figs. 1-2, September. Rossel Is.

Genus FANTEMA nov.
Type, Pupinella minor Smith. :

Small for the huge Pupinellids of the Louisiades, this is more regular,
the spire more pointed, pitting absent, longitudinal striation present on
last whorl, imperforate, anterior canal horizontal produced into a tube with
curl opening upwards, posterior canal narrow vertical.

FANTEMA MINOR Smith, 1889.
1889. Pupinella minor Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p. 205,
pl. 13, figs. 7-8, September. Rossel Is.

Genus BIAMORA 70v.
Type, Pupina moulinsiana Fischer & Bernardi.
Similar in size and form to the preceding, but with very pronounced
longitudinal plication, umbilical chink present, anterior canal not produced,
posterior vertical, and operculum with strongly fringed outer surface.

BIAMORA MOULINSIANA Fischer & Bernardi, 1857.

1857. Pupina moulinsiana Fischer & Bernardi, Jour. de Conch., Vol. v., p.
299, pl. 9, figs. 6-7, January. “New Caledonia, error = Woodlark Is.

1857. Pupina leucostoma Montrouzier, Essai Fauna Woodlark Is., p. 136
(cites) Ann. Soc. Imp. Agric. Hist. Nat. et Arts., Lyon, 1856. Wood-
lark Is.

1871. Pupina intermedia Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1871, p. 586,
August 16, ex Angas MS. in synonymy.

Genus Braziera Smith, 1887.
1887. Braziera Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix., p. 424, pl. 15,
fig. 15, June 1, in synonymy ex Braziera typica Brazier, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., Vol. vii., p. 35, 1883, nomen nudum. Haplotype, Mega-
lomastoma brazierae Smith.

BRAZIERA BRAZIERAE Smith, 1887.
1887. Megalomastoma brazierae Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol.
xix., p. 424, pl. 15, fig. 15, June. Fergusson Is.
1887. Braziera typica id., ib., ex Brazier, as above, nom. nud.
BRAZIERA AIGNANENSIS Hedley, 1891.
(Plate iii., fig. 22.)
1891. Pupinella brazierae var. aignanensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 105, September 9. St. Aignan = Misima, Louisiades.
Genus HELAPOSA nov.
Type, Pupinella crossei Brazier.
Shell small, regular, spire acuminate, striate, perforate, umbilical area
keeled, mouth circular with lip reflected all round, anterior canal hori-
zontal, posterior obsolete.

HELAPOSA CROSSEI Brazier, 1876.
1876. Pupinella crossei Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p. 111, July.
Yule Is. Figd. Tapparone-Canefri, loc. cit., p. 267, pl. x., figs. 20-21,
1883.

62 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Genus ALLISMA nov.
Type, Pupinella tapparonei Hedley.
Shell small, regular, spire sharply acuminate, imperforate, finely striate,
posterior canal deep, vertical, anterior slit well marked, heavy body glaze,
outer lip much expanded, operculum with obsolete fringing externally.

ALLISMA TAPPARONEI Hedley, 1891.
1891. Pupinella tapparonei Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi.,
p. 106, pl. vii., fig. 36, September 9, ex Brazier MS. Fly River, Papua.

Genus BELLARDIELLA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Bellardiella Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix., p.
265 (dated July 14). Haplotype, B. martensiana T.-C.

BELLARDIELLA MINOR Hedley, 1891.
1891. Bellardiella minor Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
102, pl. xii., fig. 35, September 9. Mission Hill, Hall Sound, Papua.

The typical Bellardiella is a small Pupinellid with a somewhat acuminate
spire, deeply umbilicate, and the circular mouth complete, without any slits,
but the anterior slit developed into a tube behind. The type was from
Western New Guinea, and the Papuan shell is smaller, imperforate, and in
the juvenile stage shows the slit in the lip seen in other groups, but placed
lower down, and opening basally, with no signs of posterior canal. The
more pointed spire, more swollen body whorl, more circular aperture, and
non-umbilicate indicates a subgeneric distinction, which can be named
Litabella nov.

Family PuPInmAE.

The small glassy Pupinids seem well distinguished from the larger dull

Pupinellids in every feature.

Genus Purina Vignard, 1829.

1829. Pupina Vignard, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, Vol. xviii., p. 439, pl. 1lc,
December. Haplotype, P. keradrini (keraudrenii correctly on plate),
New Guinea.

PUPINA GIBBA Hedley, 1891.

1891. Pupina gibba Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 107,
pl. xii., fig. 38, September 9. Upper St. Joseph River, Hall Sound,
Papua.

PUPINA OVALIS Hedley, 1891.

1891. Pupina ovalis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 106,
pl. xii., fig. 37, September 9. Mita, Milne Bay, Papua.

A large series from Round Is., Louisiades, shows a larger shell, measur-
ing 10 x 6.5 mm., less swollen medially, with the anterior aperture less
pronounced, which may be called P. teres sp. nov.

PUPINA TORTIROSTRIS Sowerby, 1917.
1917. Pupinella tortirostris Sowerby, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. xii., p.
320, November 10. Sudest Is., Louisiade Archipelago.
Family DIPLOMMATINIDAE.
Only one species has so far been recorded from Papua, but probably
many species will later be found as these minutiae need looking for.
Genus EUADNITA nov.
Type, Diplommatina symmetrica Hedley.

This species recalls Gastroptychia and Sinica, but is separated by its
regular form, its somewhat acuminate spire, its bold sculpture and its

IREDALE. 63

dextral aperture with columellar tubercle and duplicate expansion of outer
lip.
EUADNITA SYMMETRICA Hedley, 1891.
1891. Diplommatina symmetrica Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2,
Vol. vi., p. 107, pl. xii., fig. 39, September 9. Basilaki (= Moresby) Is.

Subclass PULMONATA.

The development of large “Zonitids” and the lack of ‘Helicids” are
notable features in contrast to the Australian fauna, and, though there
may be many small species yet to be discovered, these differences will not
be much altered. Many families will later be utilised for their reception,
while very many genera will be needed, the genera in use showing very in-
congruous associations, obviously of heterogeneous origins.

Order STYLOMMATOPHORA,
Family ELASMATINIDAE.
Genus Etasmtas Pilsbry, 1910.

1910. Elasmias Pilsbry, Nautilus, Vol. xxili., p. 122, March. Orthotype,
Tornatellina aperta Pease.

ELASMIAS TERRESTRIS Brazier, 1876.
1876. Tornatellina terrestris Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p. 109,
July. Yule Is., Papua.
Family GASTROCOPTIDAE.
Genus AUSTRALBINULA Pilsbry, 1916.
1916. Australbinula Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. xxiv. (pt.
93), p. 11, December 18. Orthotype, Gastrocopta rossiteri.
1917. Australbinula Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. xxiv., pt. 94),
pp. 155-166, July 18. Orthotype, G. hedleyi Pilsbry = rossiteri supra.

AUSTRALBINULA MACRODON Pilsbry, 1917.

1917. Gastrocopta macdonnelli macrodon Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon),
Ser. 2, Vol. xxiv., p. 164, pl. 27, figs. 7, 8, 10, July 18. Mita, Milne Bay,
Papua.

Hedley had recorded this as Pupa pedicula, but Pilsbry has separated it
as above, and the large teeth suggest its subgeneric distinction with the
name Papualbinula.

Family SuBULINIDAE.

Hedley recorded from Milne Bay, the egregious Stenogyra subula, which
was regarded as Opeas gracile by Pilsbry, but there is now grave doubt of
the conclusions there reached. Preston has named specimens from Milne
Bay as distinct, and these may be later discussed.

Family SUCCINEIDAE.
Genus PAPUSUCCINEA 70v.
Type, Succinea simplex Hedley, not Pfeiffer = strubelli Strubell.
Hedley described and figured the Papuan “Succinea” under the name
S. simplex Pfeiffer (a New Hebridean species), and later gave figures of the
jaw and radula, which separate the species from the Australian and Pacific
Island forms.
PAPUSUCCINEA STRUBELLI Strubell, 1895.
1895. Succinea strubelli Strubell, Nachr. d. Malak. Gesell., Year 27, p. 152,
ex Kobelt MS., September-October, 1895. Cloudy Mts., Papua.
1895. Succinea papuana Strubell, id. ib. Lorne Range, north of Orangerie
Bay, Papua.

64 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

1891. Succinea simpler Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p
100, pl. xii., fig. 32, September 9. (Milne Bay, Papua) id. ib., p. 691,
pl. xlii., fig. 34 (jaw), and fig. 37 (radula).

Family PARTULIDAE.

Typical members of this Polynesian family have been found on Wood-
lark Island and the eastern tip of Papua, and aberrant members further
inland.

Genus Metanesica Pilsbry, 1909.
1909. Melanesica Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. xx., p. 166,
September 29. Orthotype, Partula turneri Pfeiffer.
MELANESICA SIMILARIS Hartman, 1886.
1886. Partula similaris Hartman, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1886, p. 30,
pl. ii., fig. 1. Woodlark Is.
1886. Partula woodlarkiana id. ib., p. 33, pl. ii., fig. 8. Same locality.

Type of similaris refigured by Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol.
xx., p. 302, pl. 37, fig. 13, type of woodlarkiana, fig. 16, and specimens from
Trobriand Is., figs. 14-15. Clench records the species from mainland, East
Cape, Papua, while a Partula occurs on the Laughlan Group.

MELANESICA OCCIDENTALIS Hedley, 1891.
1891. Partula occidentalis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi.,
p. 98, pl. xii., fig. 31, September 9. Samarai Is.
Genus SCILISTYLUS nov.
Type, Placostylus remotus Hedley.

Although Hedley recorded this as a Placostylus it is nothing like the
type of that genus, and has most of the characters of the Partulidae, though
it is somewhat aberrant. Its large size, sculpture, umbilical chink, thick-
ened lip, also separate it even as Hedley, at the time suggested, the
lengthened somewhat regular spire being characteristic.

ScILISTYLUS REMOTUS Hedley, 1898.
1898. Placostylus remotus Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxiii., p. 97,
fig. in text, June 23. Mambare Goldfield, Northern-border, Papua.
Genus Amrimoptna Iredale, 1933.
1933. Amimopina Iredale, Rec. Austr. Mus., Vol. xix., p. 42, August 2.
Orthotype, Bulimus beddomei Brazier.
AMIMOPINA MACLEAYI Brazier, 1876.
1876. Bulimus macleayi Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p. 108, July.
Yule Is., Papua.
1894. Partula macleayi Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. ix., p.
387, pl. xxvi., figs. 22-23, December 10. Rigo, Papua (English).

At the latter citation, Hedley figured the jaw and radula (160 x
40.6.1.6.40), and on this data assigned this peculiar form to this location.
Family PARALAOMIDAE.

Genus PAPULAOMA 70vV.
Type, Flammulina abdita Hedley.

This alpine species ascribed to Flammulina seems to range better in
this family, its minute size, form and sculpture recalling that of members,
the protoconch being spirally lirate, separating it from the east Australian
true Paralaoma.

IREDALE. 65

PAPULAOMA ABDITA Hedley, 1897.
1897. Flammulina abdita Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., Vol. iii. p. 47, pl. xi.,
figs. 10-12, August 5. Mount Scratchley, 12,200 ft., Papua.

Family CHAROPIDAE.
Genus MISSIOCLIVUS nov.
Type, Charopa texta Hedley.

Not much like typical Charopa, and its turbinate form and narrow
umbilicus, its finely radiate protoconch, rather coarse sculpture, small
mouth, size, combine to distinguish it from any Australian named group.

MISSIOCLIVUS TEXTUS Hedley, 1891.
1891. Charopa texrta Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 79,
pl. x., fig. 12, September 9. Mission Hill, Upper St. Joseph River,
Hall Sound, Papua.
Family MIcROcyYSTIDAE.
This family name seems to be in doubt, but Burrington Baker’s use
of Helicarionidae, with numerous subfamilies, is a worse expedient.
Genus ExpocystTis Iredale, 1937.
1937. Expocystis Iredale, Austr. Zool., Vol. ix., p. 4, November 12. Ortho-
type, Helix rustica Pfeiffer.

EXPOCYSTIS SAPPHO Brazier, 1876.

1876. Helix (Thalassia) sappho Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p.
100, July. Yule Is. Specimens from Maiva, Mission Hill, figured by
Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 77, pl. ix., fig. 7,
September 9; and anatomy, id. ib., p. 686, pl. xxxviii., fig. 7, and pl.
XXXViii., fig. 4 (radula, 96 x 36.10.1.10.36).

EXPOCYSTIS BRUIJNII Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Nanina bruijnii Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 206, pl. 5, figs. 13, 14, 15. Fly and Katow Rivers, Papua.

EXPOCYSTIS MAILUENSIS Smith, 1896.
1896. Microcystina sappho var. mailuensis Smith, Journ. Malac., Vol. v., p.
18, June 25. Mailu, north of Orangerie Bay, Papua (Anthony).

EXPOCYSTIS CALCARATA Hedley, 1891.

1891. Microcystina calcarata Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 76, pl. ix., fig. 8; pl. x., fig. 9, September 9. Mita, Milne Bay,
Papua.

Family NITORDAE.
Genus PRAVONITOR Iredale, 1937.

1937. Pravonitor Iredale, Austr. Zool., Vol. ix., p. 3, November 12. Haplo-
type, Nitor kreffti Cox.

PRAVONITOR ANNULUS Brazier, 1876.

1876. Helix (Thalassia) annulus Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p.
100, July. Marrahata (= Mowatta) Katow River, Papua. Type
figured, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 78, pl. x.,
fig. 10, 1891.

1883. Nanina orbiculum Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol.
xix., p. 204, pl. v., figs. 16, 17, 18; pl. 7 ,fig. 7 (date July 8). Fly and
Katow Rivers, Papua.

PRAVONITOR PAPUANUS Smith, 1896. .

1896. Macrochlamys papuana Smith, Journ. Malac., Vol. v., p. 18, pl. ii.,
figs. 8-9, June 25. North of Orangerie Bay, Papua (Anthony).

66 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Family HELICARIONIDAE.

The family Helicarionidae is here restricted to the Helicarion-like
molluscs, and even so restricted it is almost certainly polyphyletic, and
instead of adding unlike groups this family will later be much subdivided.
Only two small species have, as yet, been recorded from Papua, but each of
these represent a distinct genus.

Genus MISTARION 70v.
Type, Helicarion musgravei Hedley.

Shell small, globose, thin, animal with pointed tail, jaw short and wide,
radula of 128 rows with formula 45.18.1.18.45, quite unlike that of the
northern Australian Vercularion, which has the formula 103.17.1.17.103.

MISTARION MUSGRAVEI Hedley, 1891.

1891. Helicarion musgravei Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi.,
p. 77, pl. x., fig. 14, September 9. Doura, west of Port Moresby,
Papua; id. ib., p. 687, pl. xxxviii., fig. 9 (jaw), and pl. xli., fig. 30
(radula) .

Genus ELLARION 70v.
Type, Helicarion visi Hedley.

Shell small, depressed, thin, animal with truncate tail, jaw smooth,
radula with formula, 20.12.1.12.20, the great reduction of marginals being
quite abnormal.

ELLARION visit Hedley, 1891.

1891. Helicarion visi Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 76,

pl. x., fig. 13, September 9. Basilaki (= Moresby) Is.
Family DURGELLINIDAE.

Through the confusion brought about by anatomical workers, each
amending the other’s results, refuge for the small known Papuan shells is
taken under the above family name, without prejudice.

Genus DurGELLina Thiele, 1928.

1928. Durgellina Thiele, Zool. Jahrb. Jena. Syst., Vol. 55, p. 135, April 25.

Haplotype, D. vitrina Thiele (Bismarck Archipelago) .
DURGELLINA MAINO Brazier, 1876.

1876. Helix (Conulus) maino Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p.
101, July. Yule Is. Type figured, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 75, pl. ix., fig. 6, September 9.

DURGELLINA ANTHROPOPHAGORUM Hedley, 1894.

1894. Sitala anthropophagorum Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2,
Vol. ix., p. 385, pls. xxiv., xxv., xxvi., figs. 1, 3, 21, 24, December 10.
Purari Valley, Papua.

Genus SEROSTENA 70U.
Type, Helix starkei Brazier.

Shell small, conical, perforate with coarse radial sculpture. Hedley
has described an animal, assigned to this species from Milne Bay, which
has the tail keeled, ending in a small horn, while the shell was contrasted
with that of the Fijian suwbrugosa, now the type of Burrington Baker’s
Dasyconus.

SEROSTENA STARKEI Brazier, 1876.
1876. Helix (Conulus) starkei Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i. p.

IREDALE. 67

103, July. Yule Is. Type figured by Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 79, pl. ix., fig. 5, September 9, 1891.

Genus CHRONOCERYX nov.
Type, Sitala ? sublimis Hedley.

This minute alpine species is unlike any other Papuan shell, being
depressedly turbinate, smooth, with very narrow umbilicus, and may be a
relative of Chronos Robson (Trans. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. xx., p. 292, 1910),
also from the highlands of New Guinea.

CHRONOCERYX SUBLIMIS Hedley, 1897.

1897. Sitala ? sublimis Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., Vol. iv., p. 47, pl. xi., figs.
4, 5, 6, August 5. Mount Scratchley, 12,200 ft., Papua.

Genus ParRATROcCHUsS Pilsbry, 1893.

1893. Paratrochus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Tryon, Ser. 2, Vol. viii., p. 295,
July 1. Haplotype, Helix dalbertisi Brazier.

At the place given, Pilsbry introduced this group as a section of
Endodonta, referring to a figure in Vol. ix., pl. iii., figs. 20-21, but when that
volume was issued, November 16, 1893, the figure, a copy of Hedley’s, ap-
peared on pl. vi., figs. 55-56. M6llendorff stated that this group should be
referred to Aulacospira, while Fulton referred a second species to Ganesella,
under the subgenus Coliolus, a very different looking shell.

PARATROCHUS DALBERTISI Brazier, 1876.

1876. Helix (Ochthephila) dalbertisi Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol.
1, p. 104, July. Yule Is., Papua. Type figured by Hedley, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 79, pl. x., fig. 11, September 9, 1891.

PARATROCHUS WEISKEI Fulton, 1902.

1902. Ganesella (Coliolus) weiskei Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7,
Vol. ix., p. 184, March. Kemp Welsh River, Papua (E. WeisKe).

Note: Gude (Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. vi., p. 116, June, 1904), re-
corded Ganesella euconus Mollendorff, from “Dinawa, British Central New
Guinea, 3,600 ft.”, from a single dead specimen. Mollendorff described
Sdtsuma euconus (Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. i., p. 235, pl. xv., fig. 2,
March, 1895), a shell measuring 16.5 mm. by 16 mm., from Astrolabe Bay,
in the north of New Guinea.

Family XESTIDAE.

The huge aggregation of molluscs known as “Zonitids” must be divided
into many groups, and these are here regarded as families. Burrington
Baker has published a brilliant and exhaustive account of Zonitid shells
from the Pacific Islands (Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Bulletins 158 (1938),
165 (1940) and 166 (1941)), but this has proved of little assistance in con-
nection with the problems presented by the Papuan forms. Based on
anatomical work, the Zonitids have been treated in an iconoclastic (his own
word) manner, and his results bring back to mind the measured opinion of
a master (G. B. Howes, Proc. Malac. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. ii., p. 74, July, 1896),
who wrote: “In other words, so-called ‘systematics’, properly pursued, is
but a branch of morphology, and the so-called ‘systematist’ is a morpho-
logist; and your anatomist, in deriding the species-man, is discounting his
own occupation. . . . Iam bound to confess that the systematology of the
anatomist offends me vastly more than the anatomy of the taxonomist”.
The only method of reaching stability in connection with these molluscs is

68 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

by collaboration between an experienced conchologist such as the “guessing
Gude” with an able anatomist such as Baker, the latter attempting to con-
firm the former’s conclusions, and when that proves impossible the former
to review his results in the face of the facts provided by the anatomist. By
these means an approximation to reality would be practically achieved.

Genus Xesta Albers, 1850.

1850. Xesta Albers, Die Heliceen, 1st ed., p. 58. Logotype (Martens), Die
Heliceen (Albers), 2nd ed., Systematic List, p. xii., 1861), Helix
citrina L.

Note: The claims of Naninia Sowerby, 1839, error for Nanina Gray, are
not worthy of notice.

XESTA OLDHAMIANA SP. 70v.
(Plate iii., fig. 1.)

The many species accumulated under the name citrina are usually easily
differentiated. Thus a series sent by Mr. R. Oldham from behind Port
Moresby are all alike in coloration, size and form, differing from the true
citrina from the Moluccas. They are uniform lemon with the first two
apical whorls red brown, and are smaller and more elevated than citrina
with the whorls more rounded. The type measures 37 mm. broad by 25
mm, high.

XESTA INTERJECTA Sp. nN0V.
(Plate ili., fig. 2.)

A series from the Fly River and the Purari Valley may be tentatively
associated, as they are less elevated than the preceding, and, though the
apical whorls are still red-brown, the succeeding ones are pale creamy white
with a green band below the suture and a broader green band around the
base, sometimes with a purple supraperipheral line. The juveniles show the
same coloration. The type measures 35 mm. by 21 mm. from the Purari
Valley.

XESTA DINAWA SDP. nov.
(Plate iii., fig. 7.)

Recorded by Gude (Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. vi., p. 115, June 23,
1904), as Hemiplecta campylonota, a Dorey species, though Gude noted
differences. The shells themselves are very distinct, the convex spire being
peculiar, the base being equally convex, the mouth thus rather small, being
about as high as broad, a rounded keel present peripherally, the sculpture
above being of very fine radial striae, apical whorls smooth with well
marked radial curved ripples suturad, horn colour, with a peripheral darker
colour band. Size: 36 mm. broad by 22 mm. high, from Dinawa, Central
Papua.

XESTA COMPLICATA Sp. NOv.
(Plate iii., fig. 9.)

Mr. A. C. English collected a number of shells at Cloudy Bay, Papua,
and amongst them are two species belonging to this series. One is a large
flattened Xesta recalling the true X. citrina in shape and appearance, the
other more conical related to the preceding species. Shell large, depressedly
turbinate, spire little elevated, periphery obsoletely keeled, base well rounded,
mouth large, outer lip not descending, broader than high, lip thin, umbilicus
very narrow, the columellar reflection slight, not obscuring the umbilicus.
The sculpture consists of very fine radial striae above, with a very minute
transverse striation below. Coloration pale fawn above, almost white below,

IREDALE. 69

a narrow brown band encircling the whorl below the periphery. Breadth,
43 mm.; height, 24 mm.
XESTA CORNECEREA SDP. NOUV.
(Plate iii., fig. 4.)

Shell large, very thin, depressedly conical, spire whorls a little convex,
last whorl rounded, not descending, mouth longer than broad, base com-
paratively less rounded than in preceding, mouth shorter and deeper,
umbilicus still narrower and obscured by slight columellar reflection. Sculp-
ture of fine radial striae above and a still finer spiral striation below.
Coloration pale horny with an indistinct subperipheral darker band.
Breadth, 42 mm.; height, 27 mm. Cloudy Bay, Papua (A. C. English).

With this was another specimen which seems to be a large represen-
tative of X. dinawa, agreeing in all essential features, but with the upper
sculpture more pronounced, the lower surface with minute spirals, colora-
tion paler, measuring 39 mm. broad and 25 mm. high. This may be called
X, dinawa nubilisinus subsp. nov. (Plate iii., fig. 5), and made the basis of
a new subgenus, Corneozesta.

XESTA FRAUDULENTA Smith, 1887.

1887. Nanina fraudulenta Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix., p.
417, June. Foot of Astrolabe Mts., Papua.
This was described as like hunsteini, measuring 42 mm. in breadth by
24 mm. high, but without the spiral striae of that species, and has not been
seen since.

Genus AMENIXESTA 70V.
Type, Nanina hunsteini Smith.

This Xesta-like species has a smaller spire, more globose form than
Xesta, but is finely sculptured throughout. The anatomy of the snails has
been shown to differ, while the radular formula is 160 x 90.20.1.20.90, and
that of citrina is given as 125.24.1.24.125.

AMENIXESTA HUNSTEINI Smith, 1887.

1887. Nanina hunsteini Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix., p. 416,
pl. 15, fig. 6, June. Foot of Astrolabe Mts., and Owen Stanley Range,
presented by Brazier (coll. Goldie).

From Fife Bay, south-east coast, specimens are smaller, spire a little
more elevated, mouth more globose, as high as long, and sculpture finer,
the type measuring 30 x 25 x 21 mm., against hunsteini, 40 x 33 x 25 mm.
This may be called A. fifensis sp. nov. Hedley collected shells at Milne Bay,
north-east point, and regarded them as typical, describing their anatomy
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 685, pl. xxxviii., fig. 1, and pl.
Xxxix., fig. 11, and pl. xlii., fig. 39, June 10, 1892). These show finer sculp-
ture and are less swollen than typical ones, whorls still very rounded, mouth
longer than high, measuring 35 x 29 x 20 mm., and may be called A. mita
sp. nov. (Plate iii., fig. 10; fifensis, Plate iii., fig. 3).

Genus ZAGMENA 70U.

Type, Helix inclinata Pfeiffer.

Shell lentilshaped, whorls flattened, sutures lightly impressed, strongly
keeled, basally swollen, aperture not descending, mouth elongate, lip thin,
perforate, perforation very small, coloration brown-red, sculpture fine
thread-like radials, apex shows strong curved radials suturad.

70

1864.

1851.

1889.

1891.

1891.

1893.

1895.

1905.

1904.

1887.

1883.

1905.

BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

ZAGMENA INCLINATA Pfeiffer, 1864.
Helix inclinata Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1863, p. 526, April
25, 1864. Louisiade Group = Misima, fide Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p. 200, pl. 13, fig. 16, September 1889, type figured,
30 x 26 x 14mm. Anatomy by Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser.
2, Vol. vi. p. 686, pl. xl., fig. 20; pl. xxxviii., fig. 3 (radula, 96 x
54.11.1.11.54) ; and pl. xlii., fig. 38, June 10, 1892.

ZAGMENA DIVISA Forbes, 1851.
Helix divisa Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, Vol. ii., p. 376, pl. ii., figs. 5a-b.,
23 x 20 x 11 mm., “1852” = December, 1851. South East Island,
Louisiades.
ZAGMENA ROSSELIANA Smith, 1889.
Nanina rosseliana Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. iv., p. 200,
pl. 13, fig. 15 (40 x 36 x 214 mm.), September. Rossel Is.
ZAGMENA WOODLARKENSIS Hedley, 1891.

Nanina divisa var. woodlarkensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser.
2, Vol. vi., p. 74 (31 x 27 x 17 mm.), September 9. Woodlark Is.

ZAGMENA MINOR Hedley, 1891.
Nanina divisa var. minor Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 74 (22 x 19 x 11 mm.), September 9. Mita, Milne Bay, Papua.
ZAGMENA INFELIX Smith, 1893.
Nanina infelix Smith, Conchologist, Vol. ii., p. 109, March 25. Prob-
ably British New Guinea. Fig. Smith, Journ. Malac., Vol. v., p. 17, pl.
ii., figs. 6-7 (type, 24 x 21 x 12 mm.), June 25, 1896 (from Orangerie
Bay).
Nanina (Hemiplecta) strubelli Strubell, Nachr. d. Malak. Gesell., 27th
Year, p. 151 (September-October) (24 x 21 x 12 mm.), ex Kobelt MS.
Cloudy Mts. (= Bay), New Guinea. Figured, Kobelt, Syst. Conch.
Cab., Bd. I., Abth. xii., p. 828, pl. 224, figs. 9, 10, 1897.

ZAGMENA OUGARRANA Smith, 1905.
Hemiplecta ougarrana Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. xvi.,
p. 195 (22.5 x 20 x 10.5 mm.), August. Owgarra, An(g) abunga River,
Owen Stanley Range, 8,000 ft., Papua.
ZAGMENA PRATTI Gude, 1904.
Euplecta pratti Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. vi., p. 114, figs. in
text (18 x 16 x 8.5 mm.), June 23. Dinawa, 3,600 ft., inland from
Hall Sound, Papua (EH. A. Pratt).
ZAGMENA CAIRNI Smith, 1887.
Nanina cairni Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix., p. 417, pl.
15, fig. 5 (36 x 31 x 20 mm.), June. Foot of Astrolabe Mts., Papua.
ZAGMENA EGBERTAE Martens, 1883.
Nanina egbertae Martens, Jahrb. d. Malak. Gesell., Vol. x., p. 81 (32
x 274 x 18 mm.), January = February. Taburi (Astrolabe Mts.),
South East New Guinea (O. Finsch).
ZAGMENA JANSONI Smith, 1905.
(Plate iii., fig. 6.)
Hemiplecta jansoni Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. xvi., p.

IREDALE. 8

195 (35 x 28 x ?), August. Owgarra, An(g)abunga River, Owen
Stanley Range, 8,000 ft., Papua.

ZAGMENA LISSORHAPHE Smith, 1895.
1895. Nanina lissorhaphe Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. xv., p.

230 (254 x 22 x 13 mm.), March; figured, id. ib., Vol. xvi., p. 363, pl.
20, figs. 1-2, November. Mt. Maneao, North Coast, Papua.

ZAGMENA AMBLYTROPIS Smith, 1895.
1895. Nanina amblytropis Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. xv., p.

230 (23 x 20 x 13 mm.), March; figd. id. ib., Vol. xvi., p. 363, pl. 20, figs.
5-6, November. Mt. Maneao, North Coast, Papua.

Family ARIOPHANTIDAE.

The very large Papuan land shells have been referred to Oxytes, Rhysota,
Hemiplecta, by different workers, so that it becomes necessary to provide
a new genus for their reception.

Genus HUNSTEINIA nov.
Type, Oxytes hercules Hedley.

Shell very large, solid, orbicular, whorls a little convex, malleated
above, smooth below, spire little elevated, apical whorls ribbed malleate,
conical, whorls sharply keeled peripherally, base somewhat swollen, very
narrowly perforate, mouth elongate, lips little thickened. The radular
formula of 120 x 90.20.1.20.90 does not agree with that recorded by Semper
for typical Rhysotids from the Philippines. Named in memory of Carl
Hunstein, a young collector of Papuan land molluscs, who was later killed
by a tidal wave in New Britain while engaged in collecting (fide Sharpe,
Hist. Coll. Nat. Hist. Brit. Mus., Vol. ii., p. 394, 1906).

HUNSTEINIA HERCULES Hedley, 1891.

1891. Ozxytes hercules Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 70,
pl. ix., figs. 1-2 (66 x 55 x 30 mm.), September 9. Fly River, Papua.
HUNSTEINIA FLYENSIS Hedley, 1891. ©
1891. Oxytes flyensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 71,
pl. ix., figs. 3-4 (60 x 49 x 34 mm.), September 9. Fly River, Papua.
Smith suggested the lumping of Hedley’s two species through examina-
tion of specimens from unknown localities, with some from north of
Orangerie Bay, which almost certainly represent a distinct form from
either of the Fly River species. Gude also recorded Rhysota hercules var.
flyensis from Dinawa, which again may prove distinct.

HUNSTEINIA ARMITI Smith, 1895.

1895. Rhysota armiti Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. xv., p. 231

(45 x 39 x 22 mm.), March; figd. id. ib., Vol. xvi., p. 363, pl. 20, figs.

3-4, November, 1895. Mt. Maneao, North Coast, Papua.

This northern representative is easily differentiated by the peculiar
inflation of the base.
HUNSTEINIA BISCULPTILIS Smith, 1905.

1905. Rhyssota bisculptilis Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. xvi., p.

194 (35 x 29 x ?), August. Owgarra, An(g)abunga River, 8,000 ft.,

Owen Stanley Range, Papua.

Family CALYCIIDAE.
Genus Catycia H. Adams.

1865. Calycia H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1865, p. 412. August 26.

72 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Orthotype, Bulimus crystallinus Reeve.
‘CALYCIA ISSELIANA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.

1883. Calycia isseliana Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 101, fig. in text (dated June 25). Katow River, Papua.

Family TROCHOMORPHIDAE.

Once again a Polynesian family just reaches the eastern outskirts of
Papua, while the corresponding Moluccan family, Geotrochidae, penetrates
into the western portion of Papua. None of the Trochomorphoid generic
names used by Burrington Baker are available, so that new names become
necessary.

Genus ROSSELIDENA sp. n0ov.
Type, Trochomorpha nigrans Smith.

Shell very depressed, Trochomorphoid, spire flatly conical, base flattened,
whorls very lightly convex, periphery acutely keeled, base rounded, widely
umbilicate, umbilicus about one-third the breadth of the shell, mouth
elongate, lip thin, sculpture of obscure growth lines only, apical whorls
smoothish, base similarly striate, keel puckered. Radular formula, 118 x
26.23.1.23.26, agreeing exactly with that of Peleliua, of the Caroline Group,
another case of convergence only.

ROSSELIDENA NIGRANS Smith, 1889.

1889. Trochomorpha nigrans Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. iv.,
p. 200, pl. 13, figs. 9-11, September. Rossel Is.

ROSSELIDENA CORNEA Hedley, 1891.
(Plate iii., fig. 12.)

1891. Trochomorpha nigrans var. cornea Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.8.W.,

Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 79, September 9. Sudest Is., Louisiades.
Family GEOTROCHIDAE.

Although agreeing closely conchologically with the Trochomorphids,
the Molluscan Geotrochids have been shown to be of different origin. These
are represented in the western portion of Papua, but here again new generic
names are needed.

Genus GEODISCUS nov.
Type, Helix lomonti Brazier.

Shell very flattened, thin, spire little elevated, whorls flattened, base
little rounded, umbilicus deep, perspective, less than a third the width of
base, peripheral keel very acute, slightly puckered above and below, sculp-
ture of very fine radial striation with lower sutural puckering, apical whorls
smooth. Anatomical details given by Tapparone-Canefri.

GEODISCUS LOMONTI Brazier, 1876.

1876. Helix (Discus) lomonti Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p. 101,
July 1. Yule Is. Figured, Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, Vol. xix., p. 91, pl. ii., figs. 5-7 (shell), pl. vi., fig. 2 (genital
system), pl. viii., fig. 3 (jaw), and pl. ix., fig. 4 (radula).

Genus NECVIDENA 70V.
Type, Necvidena froggatti nov.

Shell small, depressedly conical, strongly keeled peripherally, thin,
spire elevated, whorls a little rounded, base rounded, deeply umbilicate,
umbilicus narrow, mouth subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella thin, ver-
tical, not reflected.

IREDALE. 73

NECVIDENA FROGGATTI 70V. sp.
(Plate iii., fig. 8.)

This species, collected by W. W. Froggatt at the Fly River, was recorded
by Hedley as Trochomorpha planorbis Lesson, but Lesson described his
species as Helix (Carocolla) planorbis (Voy. Coquille., Zool., Vol. ii., p. 312,
pl. 13, fig. 4, 1831), from Dorey, Western New Guinea. It is immaterial to
discuss the identity, as Lesson’s name is invalid, being preoccupied by Linné.

The Papuan shell measures 13 mm. in breadth by 7 mm. in height,
and in addition to the very fine growth radials a fine spiral lining is present,
the apical whorls being smooth.

Superfamily HELICOIDEA.

This superfamily is represented in Papua by a strong development of
Papuinid and Chloritid forms and very little of the Helicid series, at
present only two or three being referred to the lastnamed, and their family
name is even doubtful.

Family HApDRIDAE.

This family name is used with reservation, as no Australian member

of the family is very like the Papuan shells here placed.
Genus MECYNTERA 7Ov.
Type, Thersites septentrionalis Hedley.

Shell very tall elevated “Helicoid” with lustrous surface, apical whorls
smooth, not differentiated, succeeding whorls somewhat flattened, sutures
little impressed, sculpture radial growth lines only, outer lip descending a
little, thickened and reflected all round, mouth a little oblique, higher than
broad, columella vertical, much reflected obscuring narrow umbilicus, strong
glaze connecting lips across body whorl.

This is a beautiful development if related to the Australian group,
and is quite unlike any north Australian genus such as Gnarosophia,
Hadra, etc.

MECYNTERA SEPTENTRIONALIS Hedley, 1897.

1897. Thersites septentrionalis Hedley, Rec. Austr. Mus., Vol. iii., p. 11, fig.
in text, January 7. Musa River, N.E. Coast, Brit. New Guinea.
Genus KENDALLENA 70ov.

Type, Helix broadbenti Brazier.

Shell turbinate,”’ spire elevated, whorls rounded, narrowly umbilicate.
This bulky shell recalls the Chloritid Sulcobasis, and is very dissimilar to
the preceding in almost every particular, the sutures more impressed, the
whorls rounded, the sculpture stronger, almost ridges, mouth rounded,
broader than high, lip strongly reflected all round, columella short, broadly
reflected over the narrow open umbilicus. When Hedley gave anatomical
details he made no comment save that the jaw with eleven ribs differed
from that of the Queensland Sphaerospira, which had only 6-8 ribs, and
‘ gave the radular formula as 160 x 57.12.1.12.57.

KENDALLENA BROADBENTI Brazier, 1877.

1877. Helix (Hydra) broadbenti Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. ii.,
p. 25, July. Port Moresby, New Guinea = Laloki River. Figd.
Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix., p. 188, pl. v.,
fic 2 lsbs:

The type measured 43 mm. broad and 31 mm. high, and Gude reported
that the Dinawa shells were more depressed, but gave measurements as 46

74 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

mm. broad by 35 mm. high. Mr. Oldham sent some from somewhere near
Port Moresby, and while some agree very closely with the typical shell one
beautiful specimen is very elevated, and while it is 48 mm. broad it is no
less than 50 mm. in height. It is so very distinct that a new name must
be introduced as Kendaillena qualis sp. nov. (Plate iii., fig. 18).

Note: Smith (Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. ii., p. 288, November, 1897)
recorded Thersites (Hadra) forsteriana Pfeiffer, from Fergusson Island, an
obvious error, which he justified with the very naive comment: “Mr.
Sowerby, from whom it was obtained for the Museum, has no reason to
doubt the correctness of the habitat, since he received the shell with others
from a collector who has been travelling in New Guinea and the adjacent
islands”.

Family PAPUINIDAE.

It may be recalled tnat only fifty years ago every “Helicoid” snail was
classed under the “genus” Helix, and Pilsbry (Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2,
Vol. vii., 1891) “defined” the subgenus Papuina thus: “No exact diagnosis
can be framed for a group in which such diverse forms occur as in Papuina.
It is still, however, an easy matter to recognize a species as belonging here;
for with all its variety, the group is a very natural one’. Then to assist
in the recognition Pilsbry was compelled to distinguish fourteen groups. A
couple of years later Pilsbry allowed Papuina generic rank, added another
division, and separated one group as a subgenus, the latter being almost
immediately shown by Hedley to be referable to another family. I separated
the Australian groups, and now having studied the New Guinea and island
forms have to distinguish many more.

Genus CANEFRIULA nov.
Type, Helix tomasinelliana Tapparone-Canefri.

Shell heliciform, solid, whorls well rounded, periphery rounded, mouth
open, broader than high, lip reflected, columella broadly reflected, almost
concealing the narrow umbilicus, sculpture of radial growth lines sometimes
strongly pronounced as in the type. Conchologically the shell is very like
that of Papuina = Insularia = Eugenia preocc., but the anatomy has been
shown to differ. There may be three or more groups here confused as
taumantias has flattened base, a more oval lengthened aperture, lip broadly
reflected towards a beak-like ending. This may stand as the type of a new
subgenus, Paulodorra, while sicula is somewhat similar in shape but very
much smaller, the last whorl sub-keeled and the base more rounded, the
aperture less beaked and may be subgenerically named Medistoma nov.

CANEFRIULA TOMASINELLIANA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.

1883. Helix tomasinelliana Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
Vol. xix., p. 148, pl. 4, fig. 1, pl. 5, fig. 1, pl. 7, fig. 3, pl. 8, figs. 6 and 12
(dated July 4). Fly River, Papua.

CANEFRIULA AZONATA Hedley, 1891.

1891. Geotrochus tomasinellianus var. azonatus Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 93, September 9. Douglas River, Papua
(Bevan).

1892. Helix (Papuina) agnocheilus Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1891, p.
488, pl. xl., fig. 5, April 1. Douglas River, Papua.
CANEFRIULA RIDIBUNDA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Helix ridibunda Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,

1876.

1883.

1883.

1876.

1902.

1877.

1887.

IREDALE. 715

p. 142, pl. 3, figs. 10-11, pl. 6, fig. 5, pl. 8, fig. 17 (dated June 26). Fly
River, Papua.
CANEFRIULA SICULA Brazier, 1876.
(Plate iii., fig. 16.)
Helix (Geotrochus) siculus Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i,
p. 106, July. Katow River, Papua.
Helix meditata Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 144, pl. 3, fig. 15, pl. 6, fig. 6 (dated June 26). Katow River, Papua.
CANEFRIULA GESTROI Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
Helix gestroi Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 150, pl. 4, fig. 3, pl. 5, fig. 3, pl. 7, fig. 2, pl. 8, figs. 5 & 14 (dated
July 4). Fly River, Papua.
CANEFRIULA BRAZIERAE Brazier, 1876.

Helix (Geotrochus) brazierae Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i.,
p. 107, July. Yule Is., Papua. Figured, Tapparone-Canefri, Ann.
Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix., p. 152, pl. 4, fig. 2, pl. 5, fig. 2, pl 7, fig. 1,
pl. 8, figs. 7-13, 1883.

CANEFRIULA CYNTHIA Fulton, 1902.
(Plate iii., fig. 11.)
Papuina cynthia Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. ix., p. 183,
March. British New Guinea (ex C. E. Beddome as brazierae).
CANEFRIULA HIXSONI Brazier, 1877.

Helix hixsoni Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. ii., p. 120, July.
Hall Sound, Papua. Figured, Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, Vol. xix., p. 187, pl. v., fig. 22, 1883; Tryon, Man. Conch., Ser.
2, Vol. vi., p. 177, pl. 25, fig. 91, 1890.

CANEFRIULA LACTEOLOTA Smith, 1887.

Helix (Geotrochus) lacteolota Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5,
Vol. xix., p. 420, pl. 15, fig. 9, June. Foot of Owen Stanley Mountains,
Papua.

Specimens received from London labelled “lacteolota British New
Guinea” vary from tall very narrow specimens to tall comparatively broad
shells, but these cannot be named without definite locality, which should
have been available in the first instance.

1883.

1891.

CANEFRIULA TAUMANTIAS Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
Helix taumantias Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol.
xix., p. 141, pl. 3, fig. 13, 14, pl. 6, fig. 4, pl. 9, figs. 16 and 18 (dated
June 26). Fly and Katow Rivers, Papua.
CANEFRIULA CINGULATA Hedley, 1891.

(Plate iii., fig. 15.)
Geotrochus taumantias var. cingulatus Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 983, September 9. Aipiana, St. Joseph River,
Hall Sound, Papua.

CANEFRIULA ROLANDI sp. 70v.
(Plate iii., fig. 13.)

A nice series sent by Mr. R. Oldham from behind Port Moresby re-
presents a species not previously seen from that locality, being a flattened

76 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

relation of tomasinelliana, being of the same peculiar style of coloration,
but with the columella greatly expanded and bearing in front a strong
dentiform bulge. The type measures 44 mm. broad by 29 mm. high. The
strong sculpture of tomasinelliana is present in a modified state, and the
present species has the very rounded whorls and coloration of the series,
brazierae, hixsoni, cynthia and lacteolota, which may constitute a natural
subgenus.
Genus CLAUDETTEA 70Vv.
Type, Helix bevani Hedley.

This very beautiful shell cannot be confounded with any other in this
faunula, and its exact relationship is not very clear. Shell large, flattened,
strongly keeled, mouth open, broad, lip reflected, perforate. Spire short and
conical, sculpture of fine radial striae.

CLAUDETTEA BEVANI Hedley, 1891.
(Plate iii., fig. 17.)
1891. Helix bevani Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 85, pl.
xi., figs. 22-23, September 9, ex Brazier MS. Douglas River, British
New Guinea.

The original specimen, now in the Australian Museum, is a large dead
shell which has been broken and repaired, but it was of such striking
appearance that it demanded description. A very beautiful younger speci-
men was collected by Donald Mackay from the Upper Purari River, and it
is pale brown with the lips of the mouth dull red and is here figured.

CLAUDETTEA ELISA Hedley, 1891.

1891. Geotrochus elisus Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.
86, pl. xi., figs. 24-25, September 9. British New Guinea (Goldie).

This differs from the preceding in its more open umbilicus, its smaller
mouth, size, and different colour scheme, and until more is known about it
it may be allotted to a new subgenus, Claudena.

Genus RHyNcHOTROCHUS MoOllendorff, 1895.

1895. Rhynchotrochus Mollendorff, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. i., p. 237,
March. Orthotype, Papuina tayloriana Adams & Reeve.

This group has given more trouble than all the other Papuan shells, as
the similarity of the species is confusing, although series from any given
locality appear uniform. The length of the beak and coloration of the lips
are also misleading, and have led to extreme views. Thus, while Hedley
was inclined to lump everything into one species, Mollendorff recorded two
species and a variety from one locality. After examination of specimens
from some twenty localities, a conservative view is attempted with provision
for ample revision.

RHYNCHCTROCHUS TAYLORIANUS Adams & Reeve, 1850.
(Plate iv., fig. 1.)

1850. Helix tayloriana Adams & Reeve, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Vol. ii., p. 59,
pl. xv., figs. 2a-b, August. No locality = Port Moresby here selected
from comparison of shells.

After long and careful consideration, Hedley’s suggestion that the shell
was collected by John Macgillivray is accepted. Specimens collected by Mr.
R. Oldham, behind Port Moresby, agree very closely with the figure, and
therefore Port Moresby is here fixed as the type locality. Using this species
as a basis, the other Papuan species can be described and determined.

IREDALE. |

The type is a low conical shell with the mouth attenuated into a long
beak, the upper lip bending sinuously down and then up again to form the
beak, dark brown red, the shell being pale pink in the earlier whorls chang-
ing into lemon on the last, and measuring 32 mm. in breadth, and 18.5 mm.
in height.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS YULENSIS Brazier, 1876.

1876. Helix (Geotrochus) yulensis Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i.,
p. 105, July. Yule Is. Figured, Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ.
Genova, Vol. xix., p. 123, pl. iii, fig. 2, pl. vi., fig. 1, pl. viii., fig. 11
(dated June 25), 1883, and Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol.
vii., p. 59, pl. 2, figs. 29-31, 1891.

This species is unlike the preceding in the shorter beak of the more
open mouth recalling that of Henga, and it may be that it is a relative of
that genus rather than congeneric with Rhynchotrochus. This appears to
be confirmed by the presence in the same locality of a long-beaked species.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS STRABO Brazier, 1876.

1876. Helix (Geotrochus) strabo Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p.
106, July. Katow River, Papua.

1883. Helix katauensis Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol.
xix., p. 126, pl. iii., figs. 1-3, pl. vi., fig. 3 (dated June 25). Katau,
Papua.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS ROSEOLABIATUS Smith, 1887.

1887. Helix (Papuina) roseolabiata Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5,
Vol. xix., p. 421, June. Fergusson Is.

A long-beaked form with pale lips, measuring 304 mm. broad by 19 mm.
high, and with the mouth contracted medially. The coloration probably
attracted Smith, as it is a deep cream with a crimson peripheral band.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS MONTICOLA sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 2.)

Shell small, imperforate, broadly conical, spire with whorls flattened
but a little convex, periphery sharply angulate, base evenly rounded, mouth
comparatively small, beak short, upper lip slightly sinuate, lower rounded,
columella thin, appressed, lips thin, brown-red. Shell coloration, apical
whorl blackish, succeeding whorls pinkish, densely mottled with dull pur-
plish, the dark colouring following the wavy sculpture, cream peripheral
band present, base with:a couple of dark spiral bands. Breadth, 27 mm.;
height, 19 mm.

Mount Astrolabe, Papua.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS PRAEFECTUS Sp. Nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 3.)

Shell larger, imperforate, broadly conical, with whorls little rounded,
sutures deeper, periphery angulate, base rounded, swollen towards aperture,
mouth large, open, upper lip sinuate, beak short, lower lip convex, columella
thickened, appressed, pink glaze connecting with outer lip, lip brown-red.
Shell coloration, apical whorl bluish, later whorls creamy with freckling as
in preceding species, also subperipheral whitish band, base with several
brownish-red bands. Breadth, 33 mm.; height, 22.5 mm.

Collingwood Bay, North-east Papua.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS SINUCOLA Sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 4.)
Shell medium, imperforate, broadly conical with whorls rather flattened,

78 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

sutures lightly impressed, periphery sharply angulate, base rounded, not
swollen, mouth small, open, beak short, upper lip wavy, lower lip squarish
basally, columella rather flexuous, thin, appressed. Dead shell, but showing
coloration to be similar to that of the preceding, with lips probably pale.
Breadth, 29 mm.; height, 18 mm.

Cloudy Bay, south coast of Papua.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS VALLICOLA sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 5.)

Shell medium, broadly conical, imperforate, spire shortly conical, whorls
little convex, periphery acutely angulate, base rounded, a little swollen
towards the aperture, mouth long and narrow, upper lip sinuate and bent
forward, cramping the opening and attenuated into a shallow spout, the
lower lip flattened, the columella curved, not much thickened, and ap-
pressed. Coloration similar to that of the preceding, but much darker in
every item, except the lips, which are pale rosy. Breadth, 30 mm.; height,
17 mm.

Purari River, Papua.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS EXTRANEUS SDP. 70V.
(Plate iv., fig. 6.)

Shell large, broadly conical, imperforate, spire shortly conical, whorls
somewhat convex, sutures well marked, periphery sharply angulate, base
very rounded, swollen towards the aperture, mouth broad and long, very
open, upper lip with a strong sinuation ending in a short beak, lower lip
rounded, columella very thin, appressed. Coloration uniform pale pinkish
white, lips pale rose. Breadth, 30 mm.; height, 18 mm.

Kerema, Gulf of Papua.

RHYNCHOTROCHUS MYSTICUS Sp. 70V.
(Plate iv., fig. 7.)

A shell was figured by Smith (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix., p.
421, pl. xv., fig. la, June, 1887) as from South Cape, ex Brazier. Specimens
from the same lot are before me, and it recalls Henga trobriandensis, but
has the outer lip sinuate. Shell small, conical, whorls rather convex, peri-
phery scarcely angulate, base very rounded, mouth very open, upper lip
sinuate, beak short, under lip rounded, columella thin, appressed. Colora-
tion as in monticola, lips red-brown. Breadth, 26 mm.; height, 20 mm.

Genus LETITIA nov.
Type, Helix brumeriensis Forbes.

Shell heliciform, spire short, whorls round, faintly subkeeled, mouth open
large, as broad as high, lip reflected all round, upper lip scarcely sinuate,
columella broad, flattened, eliminating umbilicus, hence shell imperforate,
sculpture of fine grains arranged spirally. Radular formula, 110 x
40.7.1.7.40.

LETITIA BRUMERIENSIS Forbes, 1851.
1851. Helix brumeriensis Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, Vol. ii., p. 375, pl. 2, figs.
la-b, “1852” = December, 1851. Brumer Is., Papua.

In the typical species the callus joining the outer and inner lip across
the body whorl is black. A similar shell from the mainland at Port Glas-
gow, and recorded by Smith from Millport Harbour, many years ago, is
larger and more conical, measuring 38 mm. broad by 33 mm. high, while the
type measured 28 mm. broad by 24 mm. high. This may be named Letitia
adjuncta sp. nov. (Plate iv., fig. 8). Hedley recorded specimens from Milne

IREDALE. 19

Bay, Papua, and these are broadly conical shells, in which the blackish-
red outer lip is separated from the similarly coloured columella by a thin
white glaze on the body whorl. This may be named L. interrupta sp. nov.,
the type measuring 37 mm. in breadth by 29 mm. in height. (Plate iv., fig.
9.) A series collected on Moturina, one of the Calvados Chain, Louisiades,
by the Rev. H. K. Bartlett, consists of smaller shells, more depressed and
with a thickened blackened outer lip and columella, boldly interrupted by
white on the body whorl, and may be called L. moturina sp. nov., the type
measuring 31 mm. broad by 22 mm. high. (Plate iv., fig. 10.)

LETITIA ALBOLABRIS Hedley, 1891.
(Plate iv., fig. 11.)
1891. Geotrochus brumeriensis var. albolabris Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 89, September 9. Mita, Milne Bay, Papua.

This, introduced as a white-lipped variation only, proves to be a well-
marked species with several relations. The type is smaller than the Milne
Bay “brumeriensis” = interrupta, but comparatively narrower, with the lip
entirely white and a thickened callus connecting the outer and inner lip;
it measures 34 mm. in breadth by 29 mm. in height.

A large number of specimens, presented by the Rev. H. K. Bartlett
from Panapompom, in the Deboyne Group, agrees in general coloration,
but the shells are smaller, less conical, measuring 30 mm. in breadth by 21
mm. in height. This may be called L. maria sp. nov. (Plate iv., fig. 12.).

From Tube Tube, Engineer Group, another series is composed of small,
thin, heavily freckled specimens, measuring 26 mm. in breadth by 20 mm.
in height; these have the ground colour chalky white with pale green zig-
zag rows and blotches, and the immature phases of the preceding species
show the same coloration, but the adult is usually, in the other species,
more or less uniform white. This species may be named L. degener sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 13.).

Probably other island species will later be named as a large series from
Panneati, close to Panapompom, also collected by the Rev. H. K. Bartlett,
agrees with maria, but a lot from Kevalaiwa, an island off the East Cape,
collected by the Rev. H. T. Williams, shows variation.

SACCOLETITIA suwbgen. nov.

The larger size, different coloration, and especially the distinct radular
formula of 153 x 42.10.1.10.42, make it necessary to distinguish the follow-
ing species (zeno) with a new subgeneric name Saccoletitia.

LETITIA ZENO Brazier, 1876.
1876. Helix (Geotrochus) zeno Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. i., p.
107, July. Hall Sound, Brit. New Guinea. Fig. Hedley, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 88, pl. xi., fig. 27, 1891, and by Pilsbry,
Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. vii., p. 53, pl. i. figs. 2-4, 1891.
1893. Helix zeus Smith, Conchologist, Vol. ii., p. 108, March 25. Error only.

LETITIA LATIAXIS Smith, 1883.

1883. Helix (Geotrochus) latiaxis Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol.
xi., p. 191, March. “D’Entrecasteaux Is.” Error = Foot of Mt. Astro-
labe, fide Brazier. Figd. Smith, id., Vol. xix., p. 420, pl. 15, fig. 7, June,
1887.

LETITIA SUBGLOBOSA Fulton, 1902.
(Plate iii., fig. 14.)

1902. Papuina zeno var. subglobosa Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7,

Vol. ix., p. 184, March. Port Moresby, Papua (Emil Weiske).

80 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Genus CAROLETITIA 7nOv.
Type, Helix diomedes Brazier.

Recalling Pompalabia from above, but has the open mouth and sculp-
ture of Letitia, and the strong peripheral keeling is a distinctive feature.
Shell conical, depressed, solid, strongly keeled, mouth open, lip reflected,
expanded basally, columella broad, appressed, closing the umbilicus, lips
joined, sculpture smoothish, growth lines crossing spiral rows of minute
grains.

CAROLETITIA DIOMEDES Brazier, 1877.

1877. Helix diomedes Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. ii., p. 121, July.
“Brumer Is. Error = Coutance Is., fide Brazier himself. Figd.
Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix., p. 122, pl. iii.,
fig. 12, 1883, and Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. vii., p.
54, pl. i., figs. 9-10, 1891.

CAROLETITIA VILIA Sp. nOv.
(Plate iv., fig. 14.)

Mr. Melbourne Ward collected a shell at Vilirupu, south coast of Papua,
which is taller and narrower, with the last whorl steeply descending and
almost forming a continuous mouth. The type measures 30 mm. in breadth
by 25 mm. in height.

CAROLETITIA SECANS Hedley, 1894.

1894. Papuina secans Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. ix., p.
389, pl. xxv., figs. 8-9, December 10. Mt. Maneao, north coast, Papua.

{[Ct. 1897. Helix (Papuina) linterae Mollendorff, Nachr. d. mal. Gesell, 29th
Year, p. 30, March-April No. New Guinea. See Ancey, Journ. de
Conch., Vol. lii., p. 311, December 25, 1904.]

Genus POMPALABIA 70V.
Type, Helix naso Martens.
Large flattened conical Papuinid, strongly keeled, mouth with the upper

lip bidentate and descending, cramping the entrance, followed behind by a

depression and strong crest, imperforate, sculpture of wavy wrinkling.

POMPALABIA NASO Martens, 1883.

1883. Helix naso Martens, Jahrb. d. Malak. Gesell, Vol. x., p. 82, January-
Feb. Taburi, Astrolabe Bay (error for Mts.), South East New Guinea.
Figd. Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. vii., p. 56, pl. 2, figs.
32-35, 1891.

1883. Helix (Geotrochus) tapparonei Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5,
Vol. xi., p. 190, March. “D’Entrecasteaux Is.” Error = Foot of Mt.
Astrolabe.

1884. Helix hunsteini Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. ix., p. 805,
November 29, as synonym of H. tapparonei Smith, ex Helix hundsteini
(sic) Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. v., p. 637, May 20, 1881,
nomen nudum.

POMPALABIA GEMINA Fulton, 1902.

1902. Papuina gemina Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. ix., p. 183,
March. River Arva (= Aroa), 5,000 ft., Papua (Emil Weiske).
POMPALABIA MEEKIANA Smith, 1905.

1905. Papuina meekiana Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. xvi., p.
193, fig. in text, August. Owgarra, An(g)abunga River, Owen Stanley

Range, 8,000 ft., Papua.

IREDALE. 81

Genus HENGA nov.
Type, Geotrochus trobriandensis, Hedley.

Shell subconical, thin, subkeeled, imperforate, mouth open, upper lip
contracted, sinuate, mouth about as broad as high, columella thin, ap-
pressed, sculpture of wavy wrinklings above, sometimes fine spirals below.
Radular formula, 154 x 55.8.1.8.55.

HENGA TROBRIANDENSIS Hedley, 1891.

1891. Geotrochus trobriandensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2,
Vol. vi., p. 92, pl. xi., fig. 28, September 9. Trobriand Is.

This may be
1887. Helix (Padpuina) albocarinata Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5,

Vol. xix., p. 422, pl. 15, fig. 12, June. “South Cape” error.
HENGA WILLIAMSI Clench & Archer, 1936.

1936. Papuina williamsi Clench & Archer, Nautilus, Vol. 49, p. 88, pl. 5, fig.
4, January. Omara Kana, Central Kiriwina, Trobriand Is.

1936. Papuina williamsi atalanta Clench, Nautilus, Vol. 50, p. 53, October.
Same locality.

The exact status of these forms is in doubt.

HENGA DELICIOSA sp. nOv.
(Plate iv., fig. 15.)

A beautiful little species was brought in by the Rev. H. K. Bartlett from
the Laughlan Islands, more depressed, much smaller, thinner, whorls
rounded, last whorl peripherally keeled, base rounded, mouth oval, open,
lip little thickened, pink, columella thin, coloration, pellucid with opaque
cream zigzag markings, the type measuring 18 mm. broad and 11 mm. in
height.

Genus VIOLENGA 70v.
Type, Helix rollsiana Smith.

Shell depressed, heliciform, solid, imperforate, periphery rounded,
mouth open, lengthened, broader than high, upper lip a little sinuate ex-
tending into a short open beak, columella thin, appressed, sculpture of
wavy wrinklings, coloration peculiar of violet mottling. Radular formula,
154 x 45.10.1.10.45; louwistadensis, 142 x 45.9.1.9.45; and woodlarkiana,
130 x 42.9.1.9.42.

VIOLENGA ROLLSIANA Smith, 1887.

1887. Helix (Papuina) rollsiana Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol.
xix., p. 423, pl. 15, fig. 3, June. “South Cape” error = Seymour Bay,
Fergusson Is.

1941. Papuina bartletti Cotton, South Austr. Nat., Vol. 21, p. 5, figs. in text,
May 31. Salamo, Fergusson Is.

VIOLENGA MISIMA 70M. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 16.)

1889. Helix (Geotrochus) thomsoni Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6,
Vol. iv., p. 202, pl. 13, figs. 12-13, September. St. Aignan = Misima,
Louisiade Group. Not Helix thomsoni Pfeiffer, Mal. Blatt., 1871, p.
120.

VIOLENGA MILLICENTAE Cox, 1871.

1871. Helix millicentae Cox, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1871, p. 323, pl. xxxiv.,

figs. 2-2a, August 16. Louisiade Is.

82 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

VIOLENGA LOUISIADENSIS Forbes, 1851.

1851. Helix lowisiadensis Forbes, Voy. Rattlesnake, Vol. ii., p. 376, pl. i., fig.
8a, “1852” = December, 1851. South East Is., Louisiades.

VIOLENGA WOODLARKIANA Souverbie & Montrouzier, 1863.
1863. Helix woodlarkiana Souverbie & Montrouzier, Journ. de Conch., Vol.
xi., p. 76, January 1; p. 172, pl. 5, fig. 2, April 1. Woodlark Is.

Note: Helix comriei Angas (Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1876, p. 489, pl.
xlvii., figs. 4-5), from Huon Gulf, North Coast, seems to belong to this
series.

Genus KATHADENA 70v.
Type, Helix gurgustii Cox.

Looks like an elevated relative of Violenga with similar sculpture, but
strongly keeled periphery; the mouth similar, a little narrower and sub-
attenuated to a spout recalling tayloriana, upper lip sinuate expanded all
round, the lower expanded, merging into small straight columella. Anatomy
distinct and radular formula, 145 x 47.10.1.10.47.

KATHADENA GURGUSTII Cox, 1879.
1879. Helix (Geotrochus) gurgustii Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. iv., p.
114, pl. 16, fig. 1, June 16. Rossel Is. Figured, id. ib., Ser. 2, Vol. ii.,
p. 1,062, pl. 21, figs. 3-4, 1888.
Genus ZENOLINA 70U.
Type, Helix chapmani Cox.

Shell conical, tall, thin, imperforate, subkeeled, mouth open, higher
than broad, lip a little expanded, columella broad flattened, sculpture of
wavy wrinkling. The very open mouth is characteristic, otherwise this
species might be regarded as an elevated relation of the Violenga series.
Radular formula, 138 x 32.6.1.6.32, is also peculiar.

ZENOLINA CHAPMANI Cox, 1879.
1879. Helix (Geotrochus) chapmani Cox, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. iv.,
p. 115, pl. 16, fig. 2, June 16. Rossel Is. Refigured, id. ib., Ser. 2,
Vol. ii., p. 1,063, pl. 21, figs. 10-11, 1888.
1887. Helix (Acavus) coraliolabris Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol.
xix., p. 419, pl. xv., fig. 4, June. Russell = Rossel Is.
ZENOLINA CHILOCHROA Costa, 1899.
1899. Papuina chilochroa Costa, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. iii., p. 306,
fig. in text, October. British New Guinea.
Genus LULLICOLA nov.
Type, H. boyerii Fischer & Bernardi.

Resembling the preceding but with lip thinner and less reflected and
coloured, suggesting that it is an elevated development from the Henga
series. A curious convergence is seen in the radular formula which is
104 x 33.6.1.6.33.

LULLICOLA BOYERII Fischer & Bernardi, 1857.
1857. Helix boyerii Fischer & Bernardi, Journ. de Conch., Vol. v., p. 297, pl.
9, figs. 8-9, January. ‘Admiralty Is.” error = Woodlark Is.
Genus TEPOMUSA 70UV.
Type, Helix canovarii Tapparone-Canefri.
Shell tall, conical, spire elevated, whorls flattened, sutures lightly im-

IREDALE. 83

pressed, peripheral keel strong, base flattened, little rounded, lip scarcely
descending, mouth rather squarish, lips scarcely reflected, columella re-
flected concealing umbilical chink; this is the same in the juvenile.

TEPOMUSA CANOVARII Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.

1883. Helix canovarii Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 131, pl. iii., ig. 6 (dated June 26). Fly River, Papua.

A series of specimens from the Purari Valley from juvenile to adult
differs in the more convex whorls, the more obtuse apex, the more open
mouth, the outer lip not descending, while the coloration is pale brown with
the lips white. This may be called Tepomusa confirma sp. nov., the type
measuring 23 mm. in breadth and 25 mm. in height. (Plate iv., fig. 17.).

Genus NEGOTOBBA 70v.
Type, Helix goldiei Brazier.

Shell large, solid, lentiliform, periphery acutely angulate, spire whorls
flattened, sutures little impressed, last whorl descending a little, mouth
small, oval, beaked, upper lip wavy, thickened and slightly expanded, under-
lip broadly reflected, columella also very broad almost hiding narrow deep
open umbilicus, a thin callus connecting with outer lip, sculpture of irre-
gular wavy ripple marks, apex smooth, coloration of purple and green
blotches and scrolls, quite characteristic. The general appearance is of the
North Australian Meliobba which is imperforate, has the lips more ex-
panded and a little less beaked mouth and paler colour scheme.

NEGOTOBBA GOLDIEI Brazier, 1884.

1884. Helix (Obba) goldiei Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. ix., p. 804,
November 29 (ex Helix goldei Brazier, Abst. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., of
December 29, 1880, issued January 27, 1881, nomen nudum; and Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. v., p. 637, May 20, 1881, nomen nudum), new
name for

1883. Helix (Obba) oxystoma Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xi.,
p. 191, March. D’Entrecasteaux Is., error = foot of Astrolabe Range,
Papua, fide Brazier. Not Helix orystoma Thomas, Jahrb. Ver. Nat.
Nassau, Vol. ii., p. 136, 1845. Fig. Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser.
2, Vol. vi., p. 217, pl. 58, figs. 37-38, May 1, 1891, and Hedley, Proc.
Linn, Soc. N'S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 86, pl. x, fig. 20, pl. xi., fig. 21,
September 9, 1891.

Through breakage the shells are commonly distorted, some specimens
very flattened and others with the spire elevated, being met with in the
same locality. The species has been recorded by Gude (Proc. Mal. Soc.
(Lond.), Vol. vii., p. 114, June 29, 1906), from Dinawa, collected by E. A.
Pratt, and specimens from Cloudy Bay, collected by A. C. English, are before
me, but through the abovementioned variation, at present, these appear
inseparable.

A very similar species has been named Helix (Papuina) lintschuana by
Kobelt (Syst. Conch. Cab., Bd. I., Abth. xii., p. 701, pl. 200, figs. 5-6 (dated
26/8/94) , 1897 ?), from Djamna Is., Humboldt Strait, North Coast of New
Guinea.

Note: Pilsbry (Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. ix., p. 139, 1894) has
recorded—“The great variation observed in the genitalia and teeth of the
species examined, shows that here lies a wide field for future cultivation.
These features are no doubt characteristic of minor groups in the genus,
and their investigation will lead to valuable results in the classification

84 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

of the group, and secondarily may be of use in the study of its geographical
distribution and migrations”.

No one in the half century that has nearly passed has taken up this
challenge.

Although Pilsbry separated some fifteen groups in his genus Papuina
half a century ago, little has been done to rectify the anomalies since, so
that an attempt is here made by indicating some of more notable groups
as genera, a complete revision being impossible at the present time.

SoLMOPINA gen. nov. Type, Helix boivini Petit. Solomon Group.

Shell broadly conical, spire tall, whorls rounded, imperforate, columella
reflected, mouth open, outer lip rounded thin, not reflected, no bia
sculpture, shell banded.

SOLMOPESTA gen. nov. Type, Helix meta Pfeiffer. Solomon Group.

Similar to preceding, taller, narrower, whorls flattened, very narrowly
perforate, columella straight, strongly reflected, concealing umbilicus, outer
lip not reflected, thin, no wrinkly sculpture.

SOLMOGADA gen. nov. Type, Helix flexilabris Pfeiffer. Solomon Group.

Similar to Solmopina, whorls rounded, imperforate, mouth open, lip
broadly expanded, sculpture wrinkly.

SoLmopora gen. nov. Type, Helix mendoza Brazier. Solomon Group.

Similar, whorls rounded, but periphery strongly keeled, hence, though
mouth open, it is somewhat triangular in form. Radular formula (fula-
korensis), 100 x 110.1.110, Clapp.

PINNADENA gen. nov. Type, Helix lombei Pfeiffer. Solomon Group.

Shell more flattened, the last whorl subkeeled, sculpture not wrinkling,
mouth oval, upper lip thin, scarcely expanded, columella broadly reflected,
subdenticulate.

MOLMEROPE gen. nov. Type, Helix pileus Miller. Moluccas.

Shell tall, narrowly conical, striate, whorls rounded, base a little flat-
tened, minute perforation, mouth open, lip thin, little reflected, columella
much reflected, concealing umbilicus.

HOMBRONULA gen. nov. Type, Helix horderi Sowerby. New Guinea.

Shell tall, whorls rounded, periphery well rounded as is base, mouth
broad, very open, lip reflected all round, columella reflected almost closing
umbilicus; projecting tooth at base of columella.

CARMEROPE gen. nov. Type, Helix pileolus Ferussac. Moluccas.

Shell tall, conical, whorls flattened, strongly keeled, base flattened, per-
forate, mouth open, oblong, lip strongly reflected all round, bluntly recurved
beak, columella smooth.

ZETEMINA gen. nov. Type, Helix hedleyi Smith. New Guinea.

Larger, similar in form, but lip thin, little thickened and lengthened
into a beak, columella bearing a notable denticle.

SMEATONIA gen. nov. Type, Helix eddystonensis Reeve. Solomon Group.

Shell flattened, conical, perforate, mouth very open, lip widely re-
flected, lower lip broad, and columella much expanded, concealing umbilicus,
sculpture wrinkly.

EMIRALENA gen. nov. Type, Helix moseleyi Smith. Admiralty Is.

Sheil flattened, large nuclear smooth whorls, few adult whorls rounded,
imperforate, mouth open, lip reflected all round, wrinkly sculpture, columella
little reflected.

IREDALE. 85

LISPRELIA gen. nov. Type, Helix novaegeorgiensis Cox. Solomon Group.
Shell superficially resembling the preceding, but apical whorl larger,
columella subdentate, similarity apparently due to convergence only, im-
perforate, sculpture of corrugations.

SOLMOTELLA gen. nov. Type, Helix fringilla Pfeiffer. Solomon Group.
Shell solid, depressedly globose, imperforate, mouth constricted, oblique,
lip reflected, columella subdenticulate, surface not wrinkly.

MUuNIcEPS gen. nov. Type, Helix redempta Cox. Solomon Group.
Shell solid, spire convex, imperforate, mouth rhomboid, columella den-
tate, outer lip thin, lower lip convex.

Family CHLORITIDAE.

Many years ago Pilsbry attempted to link a heterogeneous assemblage
together by means of the supposed sculpture of the apical whorls—‘“a quin-
cuncially granulated apex” as the true generic criterion,—a very futile ex-
pedient. The original “Chloritis” was a flattened shell of very rounded
whorls, a concave spire, narrow deep umbilicus, mouth crescentic, higher
than broad, lip a little expanded, shell with a pilose periostracum, some-
what deciduous and missing in the adult. The suggestion that a granulose
apex was paramount allowed the addition of many unlike shells until the
mass become a discordant congregation. Now Clapp has provided a sen-
sation by separating very similar shells by means of anatomical examina-
tion.

A critical examination of extralimital species became necessary as the
Papuan dinodeomorpha was the one segregated by Clapp from the con-
chologically very similar eustoma, the type of Eustomopsis.

Genus DISTEUSTOMA 70Uv.
Type, Helix dinodeomorpha Tapparone-Canefri.

Shell subglobose, spire flattened, even a little elevated, sometimes de-
pressed, umbilicus deep but very narrow, almost occluded by the reflexed
columella, otherwise shell characters as in Eustomopsis, but animal charac-
ters very different, according to Clapp (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard,
Vol. lxv., p. 381, November, 1923).

DISTEUSTOMA DINODEOMORPHA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Helix dinodeomorpha Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova,
Vol. xix., p. 168, pl. 4, figs. 4, 7, pl. 7, fig. 5, pl. 9, figs. 2, 15 (dated July
5). Fly River, Papua.
DISTEUSTOMA NEMA Sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 18.)

A beautiful shell from the Purari Valley, determined by Hedley as
dinodeomorpha, has the whorls more tightly coiled, the mouth much larger
and not descending as much, the umbilicus wider, and the hairs longer and
not so closely spaced. This measures 29 mm. in breadth and 18 mm. in
height.

DISTEUSTOMA LEEI Cox, 1873.
1873. Helix leei Cox, Proc. Zool. Soc. (Lond.), 1873, p. 565, pl. 48, figs. 5-5a,
November. Louisiade Is. = Misima (Smith). Hedley, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 687, pl. xxxix., figs. 13, 15, pl. 40, fig. 23
(Anat.). Radula formula, 167 x 40.17.1.17.40. June 10, 1892.

DISTEUSTOMA WOODLARKENSIS Hedley, 1891.

1891. Chloritis leei var. woodlarkensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser.
2, Vol. vi., p. 83, September 9. Woodlark Is.

86 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

1897. Chloritis fuscopurpurea Smith, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. ii., p.
289, pl. xvii., figs. 12-14, November. Woodlark Is.

DISTEUSTOMA SUDESTENSIS Hedley, 1891.
1891. Chloritis leei var. sudestensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2,
Vol. vi., p. 83, September 9. Sudest Is., Louisiades.

DISTEUSTOMA PAPUENSIS Hedley, 1891.

1891. Chloritis leei var. papuensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2,
Vol. vi., p. 83, September 9. Mita, Milne Bay, Papua.

1936. Chloritis delphax Clench, Nautilus, Vol. 50, p. 53, October. Huhuna,
20 miles west of East Cape, Papua. Not Helix (Chloritis) delphar
Nachr. d. malak. Gesell, Vol. xxiii, p. 214, 1891, ex Dohrn MS,
Astrolabe Bay, North Coast, New Guinea. Figured by Kobelt, Syst.
Conch. Cab., Bd. I., Abth. xii., p. 648, pl. 186, figs. 5-7, 1897.

DISTEUSTOMA EPHAMILLA Smith, 1895.

1895. Helix (Chloritis) ephamilla Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol.
XV., p. 232, March 1. Brit. New Guinea (northern islands ?). Fig,
Smith, ib., Vol. xvi., p. 363, pl. 20, fig. 10, November, 1895. Figd.
Kobelt, Syst. Conch. Cab., Bd. I., Abth. xii., p. 823, pl. 223, figs. 7-8,
1897. Fergusson Is.

DISTEUSTOMA NEPHELE Strubell, 1895.
1895. Helix (Chloritis) nephele Strubell, Nachr. d. malak. Gesell., 27th
Year, p. 151, September-October. Cloudy Mts., British New Guinea,
2,500 ft. Figd. Kobelt, Syst. Conch. Cab., Bd. cp Abth. xii., p.822, pl.
223, figs. 5-6, 1897.
Genus TRADEUSTOMA 70v.
Type, Helix subcorpulentus Smith.

Shell large, depressed, globose, spire flattened, little elevated, last whorl
very large, mouth very large, subcircular, lips joind by a callus, columella
expanded, umbilicus narrow deep, umbilical area subkeeled, apical whorls
pustulate, early whorls apparently showing distant hair scars, last whorl
hairless, sculptured with radial growth lines.

TRADEUSTOMA SUBCORPULENTA Smith, 1891.
1889. Helix (Chloritis) subcorpulentus Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6,
Vol. iv., p. 201, pl. 13, fig. 14, September 1. Rossel Is.

Genus ALEATELIX 70v.
Type, Helix stirophora Smith.

Shell medium, stout, depressedly turbinate, spire whorls convexly ele-
vated, whorls flattened, periphery subkeeled, base rounded, mouth large,
broader than high, lip not descending, outer lip thinnish reflected a little,
cqlumella curved broadly reflected over the open umbilicus. Apical whorls
almost smooth, sculpture of adult whorls radial growth lines only. Con-
chologically quite unlike a Chloritid.

ALEATELIX STIROPHORA Smith, 1895.

1895. Helix (Hadra) stirophora Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol.
XV., p. 231, March. Cloudy Bay, South Coast, Papua. Figd. id. ib.,
Vol. xvi., p. 363, pl. 20, fig. 9, November, 1895. Anat., Moss & Webb,
Journ. Malac., Vol. v., p. 33, pl. iii., figs. 1-7, September 30, 1896 (where
from study of anatomy conclude the species is Chloritid).

ALEATELIX COLLINGWOODENSIsS Preston, 1902.
1902. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) stirophora var. collingwoodensis Preston, Proc.

IREDALE. 87

Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. v., p. 17, fig. 5 in text, April 23. Collingwood
Bay, British New Guinea.

Genus GEMITELIX nov.
Type, Helix perambigua Smith.

Shell more conical, even more “Helicoid” than preceding, whorls more
rounded, sutures deep, outer lip a little reflected, columella expanded, sur-
face smooth. ;

GEMITELIX PERAMBIGUA Smith, 1895.
1895. Helix (Chloritis) perambigua Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6,
Vol. xv., p. 233, March. “Northern Papua”. Figured, Smith, id. ib.,
Vol. xvi., p. 363, p. 20, fig. 11, November, 1895.

Genus SutLcopasis Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Sulcobasis Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix., p.
161 (dated July 5). Orthotype, Helix sulcosa Pfeiffer.

SULCOBASIS BEATRICIS Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Helix beatricis Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ., Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 163, pl. 4, fig. 14, pl. 8, fig. 16 (dated July 5). Fly River, Papua.
Genus GOLDIELIX 7ov.
Type, Helix rehsei Martens. .
The shell more globose than that of the preceding, the apical whorls
large, the lips of the mouth greatly expanded, the mouth itself being nearly
circular, umbilicus moderate to small. Sculpture of early whorls punctate

as if bases of hairs, last whorl apparently hairless, not sulcate. Radula
formula, 224 x 46.20.1.20.46.

GOLDIELIX REHSEI Martens, 1883.

1883. Helix rehsei Martens, Jahrb. d. malak. Gesell., Vol. x., p. 83, January.
Taburi, Astrolabe Range, Papua. Figd., Syst. Conch. Cab., Bd. I.,
Abth. xii. (gerrardi), p. 643, pl. 185, figs. 1-2, 1897 (cf. p. 680, index
to plates).

1883. Helix (Sphaerospira) gerrardi Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5,
Vol. xi., p. 192, March. ‘“D’Entrecasteaux Is.” error = inland from
Port Moresby, fide Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. ix.,
p. 804, 1884. Figd. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 5, Vol. xix., p.
418, pl. 15, fig. 14, September, 1889.

GOLDIELIX NEPTIS Sp. nOv.
(Plate iii., fig. 21.)

Shell subglobose, spire little elevated, rather widely openly umbilicated,
mouth rather small, subcircular, coloration of shell pale red, covered by a
thin brown periostracum, lips white, umbilicus bordered by a semi-keel; the
shell measuring 47 mm. in breadth by 35 mm. in height, from Cloudy Bay.
This is apparently not Helix obtecta Reinhardt, Sitz. Ges. Nat. Fr., Berlin,
No. 4, figs. 58-59, 1886, from South Cape, but that name is invalidated by
Helix obtecta Lowe, Tr. Camb. Phil. Soc., Vol. iv., p. 47, 1831, and Anton in
Rossmassler, 1839 (Sherborn).

GOLDIELIX MERACA Sp. NOU.
(Plate iii., fig. 20.)
Specimens from Fergusson Island have the narrow umbilicus almost

concealed as in mita, but the spire is flatter, the shell is smaller, less
globose, mouth much smaller, lip less expanded and coloured bluish, the

88 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

shell being bright red brown, and measuring 48 mm. in breadth, and 34 mm.
in height.

These were apparently described as Helix (Sphaerospira) anceps Stru-
bell, Nachr. d. malak. Gesell., 27th Year, p. 150, September-October, 1895,
figured by Kobelt, Syst. Conch. Cab., Bd. I., Abth. xii., p. 821, pl. 223, figs.
1-2, 1897, but the name is unavailable through the prior usage by Gould,
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. i., p. 139, 1843.

GOLDIELIX MINNIGERODEI Strubell, 1895.

1895. Helix (Sphaerospira) minnigerodei Strubell, Nachr. d. malak. Gesell.,
27th Year, p. 150, September-October, 1895. Normanby Is. Figd.
Kobelt, Syst. Conch. Cab., Bd. I., Abth. xii., p. 822, pl. 223, figs. 3-4,
1897 (dated 25/8/795, not issued until 1897).

GOLDIELIX FRAUDULENTA Gude, 1906.
1906. Chloritis fraudulenta Gude, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. vii., p. 107,
pl. xiii., fig. 4, June 29. Dinawa, 3,600 ft., inland from Hall Sound,
Papua (E. A. Pratt).

GOLDIELIX MITA Sp. NOv.
(Plate iii., fig. 19.)

Hedley recorded gerrardi from Mita, Milne Bay, but later regarded them
as obtecta. Shell large, spire a little elevated, lips very broadly reflected,
completely concealing the narrow umbilicus. The type measures 51 mm. in
breadth and 43 mm. in height.

GOLDIELIX PRESTONI Gude, 1902.
1902. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) prestoni Gude, Journ. Malac., Vol. ix., p. 59,
fig. 4 in text, June 30. Collingwood Bay, Papua.
GCLDIELIX MAJOR Smith, 1905.
1905. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) globosa var. major Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. xvi., p. 194, August. Owgarra, An(g)abunga River,
Owen Stanley Range, 8,000 ft., Papua.
Specimens so named from Preston seem to belong to Aleatelix ante, so
there is some confusion here.

GOLDIELIX GLOBOSA Preston, 1902.
1902. Chloritis (Sulcobasis) globosa Preston, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol.
v., p. 17, fig. 4, in text, April 23. Northern coast of Papua.
Genus DORCASIDEA 70v.
Type, Helix subplicifera Smith.

Apparently a hairless species recalling argillacea, a Chloritoid form,
but sculptured with radial lines, although preserving a punctate apex. Shell
small, rather helicoid, spire a little elevated, umbilicus narrow, mouth open,
lip a little expanded, columella reflected.

DORCASIDEA SUBPLICIFERA Smith, 1895.
1895. Helix (Dorcasia) subplicifera Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6,
Vol. xv., p. 232, March. Northern coast of Papua. Figd. Smith, ib.,
Vol. xvi., p. 363, pl. 20, fig. 12, November, 1895.

Genus NANNOCHLORITIS Iredale, 1938.
1938. Nannochloritis Iredale, Austr. Zool., Vol. ix., p. 94, November 30.
Orthotype, Chloritis layardi Gude.
NANNOCHLORITIS CHLORITOIDES Pilsbry, 1891.
1891. Helix chloritoides Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p.

IREDALE. 89

267, pl. 58, figs. 34-36 (shell, 12 x 10 x 64 mm.), May 1. New Guinea
(Denton) = Port Moresby.

The radular formula of this species is given as 127 x 24.11.1.11.24.

Note: While examining the Chloritids so-called to determine the re-
lationships of the Papuan groups, a number of large shells was found to be
included, mostly very unlike the true Chloritis.

In order to ensure more accuracy in comparison some of these are
here named generically. When anatomical research, to the standard of
Burrington Baker’s work on the Pacific Zonitids, is undertaken probably
every species will become at least a subgenus.

Genus QUIROSENA nov. Type, Helix bougainvillei Pfeiffer (Proc. Zool.
Soc. (Lond.), 1860, p. 133, Moll., pl. 150, fig. 7, April. Solomon Group). This
is a large solid flattened helicoid, imperforate shell, with a malleated upper
surface, mouth open, subcircular, lips reflected.

Genus SHEBA nov. Type, Helix hombroni Pfeiffer (Proc. Zool. Soc.
(Lond.), 1856, p. 382. Solomon Group). A strongly setose shell with a
short very conical spire, last whorl strongly swollen, mouth crescentic,
oblique, narrow, umbilicus small, concealed by columellar expansion, outer
lip slightly reflected, roughly parallel to curve of body whorl, apex smooth.
Said to have radular (50.1.50) and jaw features of Eustomopsis, with the
genital organs resembling those of Awustrochloritis, whose shells are very
unlike the shell of the present genus.

Genus OPTERIGONE nov. Type, Helix majuscula Pfeiffer (Proc. Zool. Soc.
(Lond.), 1856, p. 381. New Hanover). This shell is large, subdiscoidal,
many-whorled, spire plane, lower surface sloping to a small deep perspec-
tive umbilicus, small oblique mouth, lip little expanded, columella vertical.

Genus TIMASENUS nov. Type, T. penthilus nom. nov. for Helix rubra
Albers (Malak. Blatt., 1857, p. 93, pl. 2, fig. 13; Aru Is. ? = Mysol, fide
Boettger, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. xi., p. 181, et seq., pls. iv. and v.,
September, 1914; not Helix rubra Nardo, 1847 (Sherborn). A large solid
Helicoid with rounded whorls, smooth apex, narrow umbilicus, large oblique
oval mouth “with a pearly luster inside’, lip little expanded.

Family PLANISPIRIDAE.

The molluscs included in this family seem to merge with some of the
small shells referred to the preceding family, so that reconsideration seems
indicated. The radular features of the true Planispira are unlike those of
the true Chloritis, while the general aspect of the former is also somewhat
characteristic.

Genus CRISTIGIBBA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Cristigibba Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix., p.
161 (dated July 5). Orthotype, Helix tortilabia Lesson.
CRISTIGIBBA MUSGRAVEI Smith, 1895.
1895. Helix (Cristigibba) musgravei Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6,
Vol. xv., p. 233, March. Back of Cloudy Bay, southern Papua. Figd.
id. ib., Vol. xvi., p. 363, pl. 20, figs. 13-15, November, 1895, and Kobelt,
Syst. Conch. Cab., Bd. I., Abth. xii., p. 829, pl. 224, figs. 13-14 (dated
April 26), 1897.
CRISTIGIBBA FULGIDA Sp. NOUV.
(Plate iv., fig. 19.)

A shell from Dinawa, inland from Hall Sound, recalls musgravei, but is
much larger, spire a little more elevated, glossy, cream colour, with a thick
red-brown anteperipheral band, mouth a little larger, pink lips, umbilicus

90 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

narrower and crest more pronounced. The type measures 22.5 mm. in
breadth by 11 mm. in height.

Genus SPATIOLABIA 70V.
Type, Cristigibba macgregori Hedley.

Tapparone-Canefri introduced Cristigibba for species of Planispira with
a produced gibbous crest behind the aperture; in addition the spire was
depressed, not elevated, the mouth small and subcircular instead of elon-
gately broad, while the columella was plain and not basally toothed as in
Planispira. Hedley placed all the Papuan species under Cristigibba as there
was nothing like true Planispira in Papua. But most of the Papuan forms
are as unlike Cristigibba, as they have the crest reduced or obsolete, while
the mouth has largened and developed a broadly expanded outer lip, and
the name Spatiolabia is introduced for these, macgregori being selected as
type. Radular formula, 110 x 26.20.1.20.26.

SPATIOLABIA MACGREGORI Hedley, 1891.
1891. Cristigibba macgregori Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 82, pl. x., figs. 17-19, September 9. Aipiana, St. Joseph River,
Papua.

SPATIOLABIA DEANIANA Ford, 1890.

1890. Helix (Planispira) deaniana Ford, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1890,
p. 188, July 29. New Guinea (Denton) = Port Moresby district. Figd.
(type), Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (Tryon), Ser. 2, Vol. vi., p. 292, pl. 63,
figs. 56-58, May 1, 1891.

SPATIOLABIA MACKAYI sp. nov.
(Plate iv., fig. 20.)

S. macgregori is represented in the Purari Valley by a species with a
narrower umbilicus, the flaring lips even more developed, especially towards
the spire, while towards the base a pronounced angular crest appears behind
the aperture. The type measures 30 mm. in breadth and 15 mm. in height.

SPATIOCLABIA RHODOMPHALA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Helix rhodomphala Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol.
xix., p. 176, pl. 4, figs. 12-13 (dated 5/6 July). Fly River, Papua.

SPATIOLABIA DOMINULA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.
1883. Helix dominula Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol. xix.,
p. 178, pl. 4, figs. 8-11, pl. 7, fig. 4, pl. 9, figs. 5, 14 (dated July 5/6).
Fly and Katow Rivers, Papua.

These two species appear to be represented in the Purari Valley and

Douglas River by others differing slightly as follows.
SPATIOLABIA DULCIOR Sp. 720V.
(Plate iv., fig. 21.)

This species recalls rhodomphala but has a wider umbilicus, the mouth
is less oblique and the crest weaker, smaller in size but with the same
coloration, the lip pale pinkish rose, the colour bands dark red-brown. The
type measures 17 mm. in breadth and 8 mm. in height, from the Purari
Valley.

SPATIOLABIA PERMIXTA Sp. nOv.
(Plate iv., fig. 22.)

Differing from dominula in the flatter spire, colour bands, wider um-
bilicus, and also from macgregori in the same features, while it is larger
than the preceding dulcior, and has the flaring lip of macgregori. The type

IREDALE. 91

measures 23 mm. in breadth, and 10.5 mm. in height, from the Douglas
River, collected by T. Bevan.

Genus SETOGIBBA 70v.
Type, Helix plagiocheila Tapparone-Canefri.

This genus is a relation of Cristigibba, which has developed a pilose
periostracum. The shell is small, spire planate, apex concave, umbilicus
narrow open, mouth oblique, subcircular, outer lip reflected all round and
sueceeded by a weak gibbous crest, the base of the last whorl towards the
aperture also swollen.

SETOGIBBA PLAGIOCHEILA Tapparone-Canefri, 1883.

1883. Helix plagiocheila Tapparone-Canefri, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, Vol.
xix., p. 174, pl. 5, figs. 4-7, pl. 7, fig. 6 (dated July 5). Fly and Katow
Rivers, Papua.

SETOGIBBA ENIGMA SP. NOv.

From the Purari Valley comes a similar shell with the mouth more con-
tracted, the lip reflection less pronounced, the basal swelling obsolete, the
umbilicus much wider, the shell measuring 15 mm. in breadth and 7 mm.
in height. It is even possible that this species is not congeneric, and as the
mouth is somewhat sinuate basally, a new subgeneric name is proposed,
Qualigibba, for it alone.

Note: While investigating this group, the hair producing faculty and
gibbous crest behind the aperture appear in both “Planispira” and
“Chloritis”, so that in collections some superficial “Planispira” are called
“Chloritis”, and vice versa, and the phenomena invite study. On the other
hand, the species of “Planispira”’ called scheepmakeri Pfeiffer, has deve-
loped a very strong peripheral keel, the upper surface convex, the base
concavely flattened, with the mouth attenuated to a beak, recalling that of
Rhynchotrochus, the edge of the lip expanded, and the columella scarcely
reflected. This deserves a generic name Phrenegibba nov. On the opposite
end of the chain appears loxotropis Pfeiffer, which is even more curious as
it is lustreless, being rather strongly striate, and the spire not plane, but
elevated, sometimes conical, a peripheral keel present, the mouth elongate,
the lips little reflected but with a gibbous crest behind, while the narrow
umbilicus is half choked by the columella. For this quaint development
the new generic name Minacispira is introduced.

Before leaving this group it may be pointed out that once a Papuan
species was referred to corniculum Hombron & Jacquinot. The reference
is to the Voy. Pole Sud. Atlas, pl. v., figs. 10-13, which appeared as far as is
known in 1853. But in the New Zealand List there is a corniculum Reeve,
1852, the type of the genus Mocella. Reference to Reeve found that he had
described the Neozelanic corniculum (Conch. Icon., Vol. vii., sp. 826, pl. 133,
dated October, 1851, in error = October, 1852, referring to Pfeiffer’s name
“eta” in the Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1851, where it does not occur), but that
previously he had introduced the New Guinea “Planispira” as Helix corni-
culum Pfeiffer, without locality (pl. 92, sp. 502, dated April, 1852). There-
fore the New Guinea shell must be known as “Planispira’ corniculum
Reeve, 1852, while the New Zealand shell must be re-named as MOocELLA
COGITATA nov.

Genus MAGITRACHIA 70Uv.
Type, Planispira blackiana Preston.
Recalling Torresitrachia in general appearance, but the mouth is seen
to be more circular, whorls less rounded, subangulate above, with the

92 BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

umbilicus more cavernous, the sides steeper, sutures deeply impressed,
sculpture of fine radials developing into distant radials, almost ridged
towards the aperture. The protoconch is minutely pustulose, whereas
Torresitrachia has the protoconch smooth but with obscure radials suturad.

MAGITRACHIA BLACKIANA Preston, 1905.
1905. Planispira (Trachiopsis) blackiana Preston, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.),
Vol. vi., p. 207, fig. in text, March 17. Port Moresby district, British
New Guinea (Black).

[Family HELICOSTYLIDAE.
Through Hedley describing a shell ascribed to this group some place
has to be given it, but as it has not been recovered since there seems doubt
as to the correctness of the locality.

“COCHLOSTYLA PAPUENSIS Hedley, 1891.”
1891. Cochlostyla papuensis Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol. vi.,
p. 96, pl. xii., fig. 30, September 9. British New Guinea (Goldie).
As Andrew Goldie was also a storekeeper, it is possible that this is an
extralimital shell, as no locality is exactly given, and no member of the
family normally inhabits New Guinea.]

Superfamily PARYPHANTOIDEA.
The reference by Hedley, Smith, Fulton & Mollendorff of shells to the
genera Rhytida and Paryphanta suggests they may belong to this super-
family, but even this is doubtful.

Genus GALLODEMA 70v.
Type, Rhytida globosa Hedley.

Obviously this Alpine mollusc has nothing to do with the Neozelanic
Rhytida, the depressed globose form, coloration, sculpture, narrow umbilicus,
and pitted apical whorls dissevering it rather widely, and it is only left in
this location through the selection of the generic name, and it may be an
aberrant Zonitid.

GALLODEMA GLOBOSA Hedley, 1890.
1890. Rhytida globosa Hedley, Ann. Rep. New Guinea, 1888-89, p. 65;
Nature, December, 1890, p. 115; Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Ser. 2, Vol.
vi., p. 80, pl. x., figs. 15-16,, September, 1891. Mt. Victoria, Owen
Stanley Range, Papua, 13,000 ft.

GALLODEMA TROBRIANDENSIS Smith, 1897.

1897. Rhytida trobriandensis Smith, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. ii., p.
287, pl. xvii., figs. 1-3, November. Trobriand Is.

GALLODEMA PAPUENSIS Preston, 1902.
1902. Macrochlamys papuensis Preston, Proc. Mal. Soc. (Lond.), Vol. v., p.
17, fig. 1 in text, April 23. Northern Coast of British New Guinea.

Genus ILLONESTA 70v.
Type, Paryphanta lowisiadarum Mollendorff.

Whatever the location of this shell may be, it cannot remain in Pary-
phanta, based on the large New Zealand shell, with which this appears to
have nothing in common. P. busbyi measures 60-70 mm. in breadth, while
the present species reaches 10 mm., and an entirely different form, a large
oblique mouth and imperforate thin shell contrasting with the compara-
tively small mouth and wide umbilicus. Really the form recalls Helicarion
much more than Paryphanta.

IREDALE. 93

ILLONESTA LOUISIADARUM MoOllendorff, 1899.
1899. Paryphanta louisiadarum Mollendorff, Nachr. d. malak. Gesell., 31st
Year, p. 89, May-June No. Louisiade Group. Figd. Syst. Conch. Cab..
Bd. I., Abth., xii.B., p. 7, pl. 3, figs. 1-3, dated 13.xi.1902.

ILLONESTA STRIATA Fulton, 1902.

1902. Paryphanta striata Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. ix., p
182, March. River Arva (= Aroa), Papua (Emil Weiske).

ILLONESTA ELEGANS Fulton, 1902.
1962. Paryphanta elegans Fulton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. ix., p.
182, March. River Arva (= Aroa), Papua (Emil Weiske).

SLUGS.
Although there may a large slug fauna this is entirely unknown, the
only record being one of Atopos prismatica Tapparone-Canefri, a Sorong
species, from the Fly River.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Xesta oldhamiana Iredale.
Xesta interjecta Iredale.
Amenizesta fifensis Iredale.
Xesta cornecerea Iredale.
Xesta dinawa nubilisinus Iredale.
Zagmena jansoni Smith.
Xesta dinawa Iredale.
Necvidena froggatti Iredale.
Xesta complicata Iredale.

, 10. Amenizxesta mita Iredale.

» ll. Canefriula cynthia Fulton.
, 12. Rosselidena cornea Hedley.
,» 13. Canefriula rolandi Iredale.

, 14. Letitia subglobosa Fulton.

, 15. Canefriula cingulata Hedley.
,» 16. Canefriula sicula Brazier.

,» 17. Claudettea bevani Hedley.

, 18. Kendallena qualis Iredale.

» 19. Goldielix mita Iredale.

, 20. Goldielix meraca Iredale.

, 21. Goldielix neptis Iredale.

,» 22. Braziera aignanensis Hedley.

BP 1 COs On ON He Ses Ni

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Rhynchotrochus taylorianus Adams & Reeve.
Rhynchotrochus monticola Iredale.
Rhynchotrochus praefectus Iredale.
Rhynchotrochus sinucola Iredale.
Rhynchotrochus vallicola Iredale.
Rhynchotrochus extraneus Iredale.
Rhynchotrochus mysticus Iredale.
Letitia adjuncta Iredale.

Letitia interrupta Iredale.

Letitia moturina Iredale.

Letitia albolabris Hedley.

RP OORN AOR WNP

a

BASIC LIST OF THE LAND MOLLUSCA OF PAPUA.

Letitia maria Iredale.
Letitia degener Iredale.
Caroletitia vilia Iredale.
Henga deliciosa Iredale.
Violenga misima Iredale.
Tepomusa confirma Iredale.
Disteustoma nema Iredale.
Cristigibba fulgida Iredale.
Spatiolabia mackayi Iredale.
Spatiolabia dulcior Iredale.
Spatiolabia permixta Iredale.
Setogibba enigma Iredale.

95

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.
By E. Nusiine, Normanhurst.

(Plate v.)

During the period October, 1920, to June, 1921, I saw a good deal of the
Satin Bower-bird (Ptilonorhynchus violaceus Vieill.), in National Park, New
South Wales, and learned much of the habits of this interesting species. I re-
corded my observations in the July number of the ‘“EKmu” in the latter year.

Reading after many years again through these pages, it struck me that
already then my attention had been aroused by the apparent preference
shown by the adult male for certain colours in the articles which he selected
for the decoration of his bower, principally blue, greenish-yellow, yellow-
green, olive-green, and brown, and which seemed to constitute a kind of
selective colour scheme. There should be some explanation of this pheno-
menon. Another question was the assertion that the bird was particularly
attracted by any bright objects, which, however, my own observations so
far had not borne out.

Thereafter, I devoted much time to fairly regular and systematic obser-
vation in the field right up to about the end of 1925, though more occasional
field work was done for still another two years or so. Nothing, however,
apart from a paper on bower painting (“Emu”, July, 1939) has been pub-
lished by me bearing on this extensive field work and its results. The
present paper, then, is to make up for delayed action.

The bulk of the field observations was, as already indicated, made in
National Park, a large protected area on the coast, south of Sydney, con-
sisting mainly of uplands, divided by the Hacking River and its many
tributary creeks. The uplands play practically no part in the Satin-bird’s
life, which for reasons of food supply is concentrated on the immediate
neighbourhood of the river and a number of tributary creeks, more in par-
ticular in the upper river reaches. On some of these creeks the Satin-bird
may be found for several miles up stream, also on some creeks, which empty
direct into the ocean. The reason for this distribution of the bird is the
occurrence of brush or rain-forest along river and creeks. As a rule the
brush is of small lateral extent only, closely bordered by open forest and
xerophytic scrub on the adjoining slopes, and often intruded by either of
them. A stretch of rather typical brush-forest, some two miles long, is
found on the west side of the river, roughly between the mouths of Bola
Creek and Dumpbal Creek.

From among the brush flora a few typical trees may be mentioned:
three species of Figs (Ficus rubiginosa, F. macrophylla, F. aspera) , the Tur-
pentine (Syncarpia laurifolia), the Lillipillies (species of Eugenia, Rhod-
amnia, etc.), the Water Gum (Tristania laurina), Coachwood (Ceratope-
talum apetalum), Sassafras (Doryphora sassafras), species of Pittosporum,
the Schizomeria ovata, Bastard Rosewood (Synoum glandulosum), Black
Apple (Sideroxylon australe), Blueberry-tree (Elaeocarpus (cyaneus)
reticulatus), Callicoma serratifolia, Maiden’s Blush (Sloanea australis) ,
Giant Nettle-tree (Laportea gigas), the frequent Cabbage Palm (Livistona
australis), and rather rare Bangalow Palm (Archontophoenix Cunning-
hamii) , the elegant Tieghemopanax Murrayi, tall climber Vitis, and cane-like
Flagellaria indica; finally, as an exception to the rule in this association, a
gum tree, the Blackbutt (Eucalyptus pilularis). The fruits of a number of
these trees are important as foods for the Satin-bird, especially the figs.

96 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

The adjoining xerophytic floral association and the open forest are
mainly of interest in so far as they provide the Satin-bird with many of his
decorative objects in the shape of flowers, leaves, etc.; also with a few fruits
(berries) as food.

Since the twenties, when my observations were made in the Park, the
brush forest unfortunately has been much reduced in places owing to road
construction and other causes, with the consequence that Satin-birds, as
well as Cat-birds, Parrots, Topknot Pigeons, and other birds which feed on
native fruits are not now so plentiful as they were then.

Bowers, without exception, are always situated near water. They occur
in sheltered spots all along the river, frequently at the mouth of side creeks
and smaller rivulets, as well as along various creeks, sometimes at a con-
siderable distance from their mouth. Im various instances I have found
bowers only a few inches or not more than a foot or so above river water
level, so that any rising of river or creek would inevitably flood them. Yet
they were built there again and again.

It may here be mentioned that up to the end of 1927 alone some 150
bowers gradually came under my observation in National Park. From the
beginning in 1920 I kept records about anything of interest about known
bowers, particularly the decorative objects found there. They were made
regularly and meticulously on innumerable visits and included, of course,
observations on the behaviour of the birds at the bower (and elsewhere),
their play habits, and many other subjects, so that in time a mass of
evidential material about all these things was accumulated, and could when
required be drawn upon. Visits were made generally all the year round,
and this custom has enabled me to gather much valuable information about
the life and habits of the Satin-bird, which would have been unobtainable
had I confined my study to the breeding season alone.

Before going into the colour question and decorative habits of the
Satin-bird, I wish in the first instance to make reference to the following
statement by that most observant and keen naturalist, John Gould (1848).
He wrote in regard to the Satin-bird:—

“The proceedings of these birds have not been sufficiently
watched, to render it certain whether the runs (bowers) are fre-
quented throughout the year or not, but it is highly probable that
they are merely resorted to as a rendezvous or playing ground, at
the pairing time and during the period of incubation.”

Gould observed the Satin-bird, his bower, his habits, etc., in the cedar
brushes of the Liverpool Range in October, and/or November, 1839, that is
in the breeding season of the species. Now, in reading the above short
paragraph, it will at once be observed that Gould carefully refrained from
generalizing about what he had found in the breeding season. He did not
say that bower building and bower attendance were confined to that season
as part and parcel of courtship, etc., but only expressed the opinion that it
was highly probably so, thus leaving it to future observers to clear up this
point. Nearly three-quarters of a century had passed since Gould published
the above lines, when I made my field investigations in the first half of the
late twenties. I have searched the literature for any clue indicating that
activity of the Satin-bird at his bower was not confined to the breeding
season, but completely failed to find any such reference. To the contrary,
only a few years ago, I read statements to the effect that activity at bowers
did not extend beyond December.

NUBLING. 97

My own experience and observations, on the other hand, have early
satisfied me that attendance of, and play at, the bower, as well as the
erection of new bowers, are not, as Gould tentatively assumed, exclusive
features of the pairing and incubating period, but that, depending on and
varying with the locality, they can be observed all the year round, in
National Park at least, as will presently be shown. The factor by which
such proceedings are largely governed is the food question.

The food available is, no doubt, the reason why the birds are present at
any one particular time in any one particular locality. When it is ex-
hausted they will depart. There would be nothing strange in that, since
birds in general are cognisant where and when to find their food at dif-
ferent times of the year. What I wish to emphasize is that Satin-birds are
not only present in National Park in the off-time of the year, i.e., after the
normal close of the breeding season at the end of December, and, say, up to
the end of August, in every one of these eight months, but that in that
period they have been found to use, and play at such bowers which have
persisted from the previous year, or, where the bower had disappeared, to
play in trees on the former bower site in numbers. But, most important,
that they have erected and decorated, and on various occasions been seen
playing (performing) at newly-erected bowers.

The following record—I have selected at random the years 1923 and
1924—will show this. Only newly-erected bowers are considered.

Jan, Feb. Mar. April. May. June. July. Aug
1923—New bowers erected .. .. 3 1 2 1 10 2 3 5
1924— ,, 5 se ater 4 3 1 2 2 2 2 1

No hard and fast rule can, however, be established in this respect, as
ecological conditions no doubt vary from year to year, not only in general,
but in the same locality. Thus certain fruits may be plentiful in one year,
but only normal, or sub-normal in the next. In May, 1923, conditions must
have been very favourable and food supply plentiful in a number of places,
as the large number of new bowers would seem to indicate, while in the
following year the conditions were reversed.

Thus in some localities, e.g., at Burunda Creek, from 1922 to 1924, new
bowers after the interval were seen respectively on the 25th June, 13th May
and 27th April; at Waterfall Creek, above the falls, from 1921 to 1923 re-
spectively, on the 10th July, 25th June, and 6th May. At Bola Creek the
interval seemed to be much extended, in one locality, there at least, and
new bowers were not noted there before September or October.

Of the position at Tamur Creek, one of my principal observation points
during the first five years, I will give a special account in regard to the
year 1922, in which this locality was visited on 35 occasions. On the 8th
January bower No. 12 of the previous year was still standing, but deserted;
a fortnight later it was found levelled to the ground, no sign of any birds.
This state continued right up to the 21st May. On that day the blue male,
last year’s bower owner, was seen again for the first time in five months,
and a fortnight later, on the 4th June, there was a new bower, decorated
with a dozen greenish-yellow flowers of Billardiera scandens, and a solitary
brown snail shell. About ten feet away in the bracken there was a new
platform of sticks without decorations, and, still further away, an ancient
little playground, on which now were seen eight small upright sticks in a
line rammed into the ground. I had not seen such a thing before, and

98 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

wondered whether it might be the beginning of a bower, but nothing even-
tuated later on. The blue male was seen about the bower, which, much
enlarged and perfected in time, remained, as was noted on many consecutive
visits, in uninterrupted use right up to the 3lst December, on which day
it was destroyed by a bush-fire. A second bird, a green one, was present,
too, but kept to the trees. I feel certain it was a female.

The return of the blue male late in May seemed to be for the purpose
of establishing his territorial rights, demonstrated by the erection of a bower
shortly afterwards.

In the period 4th June to 1st October, I saw relatively little of the blue
male, but his bower was always decorated with fresh flowers, etc., showing
his presence and attendance. There was only one exception, the 13th
August, when the bower was without flowers, and its appearance indicated
that it was then not in use. No green birds were noted in the locality in
this period.

On the 1st of October there was great activity at the bower, which was
well decorated, mostly with flowers, and much performing by the male was
going on. A female was present for the first time, taking up her position
in the bower during the proceedings. On the following day, the 2nd October,
I was at the bower for six hours up to 6:15 pm. The blue male was seen
performing there at various times, or otherwise busying himself in and
about the bower, once chasing away an intruding blue bird, but the female
was not seen at all until shortly after 6 p.m., when, after a call of her by
the male from the top of a high gum tree, she appeared on the scene to
join him at the bower. Both appeared somewhat excited. There was no
performance at the bower, but presently both dived in the surrounding
scrub, where glimpses of them could be caught every now and then, the
male evidently chasing her. Finally they dropped out of sight behind a
large log. When they emerged again from there after a short while, the
female was seen departing at once, flying up river, while he returned to the
bower, with no particular aim seemingly. Apparently copulation had taken
place behind the log. I had to leave then.

Green birds after that were noted in the locality on various occasions,
but it was not until the 17th December that I saw the female again at the
bower together with the male. This is, however, no criterion that she was
not there at other times, as in my experience the female usually visits the
bower in the early morning, up to about 9 a.m., to take her part in the
male’s performances, while during the rest of the day she is hardly ever
seen there, except perhaps again in the late afternoon.

In the following year, 1923, the new bower at Tamur Creek, after the
interval, was noted as early as the 6th May, in 1924 on the 11th May.

At Kangaroo Creek, owing to the proximity of the rest-house there, con-
ditions in the off-time were quite different in 1923, and the Satin-birds
might be seen feeding in the fowl-yards with the fowls. In a rather small
circumscribed area on a creek flat new bowers, including a double one, were
noted on the 24th February, 29th April, 13th May, 2 new ones on the 29th
July, again two new ones on the 11th August, one new one on the 8th Sep-
tember. Some of these were green birds’ bowers. Some performing was
usually going on at these bowers. On the 11th August a rather extra-
ordinary sight was presented there, for on that day no less than 5 bowers
were seen to be attended simultaneously by the birds, while there was a
sixth in addition, which, however, though intact, was out of use.

NUBLING. 99

I think the foregoing examples are sufficient to show that the off-time
of the year, in National Park at any rate, is not a dead time for the Satin-
birds. Numerous other instances could be given.

Colour Vision, Colour Sense, and Decorative Habits.

We may now turn to the colour problem. I shall begin with an exam-
ination of the literature on the decorative habits of the Satin-bird up to
the time when I had come to form some definite conclusions about the
results of my own investigations on this subject. This with a view to
ascertain whether any clues or indications may be found in this literature
pointing to a discriminative colour sense in this species. The quotations
submitted will be accompanied by critical and other remarks. Only quo-
tations referring directly to colour or brightness of decorative objects will
be considered in this first part.

John Gould (1848), the first to give a scientific account of the decorative
and other habits of the Satin-bird, wrote:—

“The interest of this curious bower is much enhanced by the
manner in which it is decorated at and near the entrance with the
most gaily-coloured articles that can be collected, such as the blue
tail feathers of the Rosehill and Pennantian Parrots, bleached
bones, the shells of snails, etc., some of the feathers are stuck in
among the twigs, while others with the bones and shells are strewn
about near the entrance.”

He also found “some slips of blue cotton rags, which the bird had doubt-
less picked up at a deserted encampment of the natives’. There is no
mention of flowers. Here may be noted the first reference to the colour
blue.

George Bennett (1860) quotes Gould’s description without adding any
new feature.

Charles Darwin (1871) refers to Gould and says:—
“The playing passages of bower-birds are tastefully ornamented
with gaily coloured objects, and this shows that they must receive
some kind of pleasure from the sight of such things.”

In another place, in regard to the three allied genera of Australian
Bower-birds then known, Ptilonorhynchus, Chlamydera, and Sericulus, he
writes :—

“The bowers (Fig. 46 is that of Chlamydera maculata) ... are
decorated with feathers, shells, bones, and leaves, are built on the
ground for the sole purpose of courtship.” .. .

Finally, this time with direct reference to the Satin-bird:—

“The Satin Bower-bird collects gaily-coloured articles, such as
the blue tail-feathers of Parrakeets, bleached bones and shells,
which it sticks between the twigs or arranges at the entrance.”

The lumping together of the three genera of Bower-birds in regard to
their decorative objects was, I think, not a very good choice and has no
doubt led to much confusion, misunderstanding, and obscuration of the
subject later on. I do not, however, intend to go into any further details.
I may say, however, that Darwin does not quote Gould correctly when he
says that the decorative objects are stuck by the Satin-bird between the
twigs or are arranged at the entrance, for Gould says distinctly that only
some of the feathers are stuck between the twigs (of the bower walls),

100 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

while other feathers and the rest of the decorations are shown about near
the entrance. In my own experience, as well as that of other field workers,
the principal place for the deposition of the Satin-bird’s treasures is, in
confirmation of Gould, the platform outside the bower structure proper.
Decoration of the bower walls is not a general feature at all in National
Park; it is rather exceptional and individual. Thus in one locality I have
during many years regularly found in the bower there one or a few decora-
tions on the floor of the passage through the bower, and in one instance a
piece of blue or purple raffia worked into one of the walls, but the bulk of
the decorations there was always placed on the platform outside. Indeed,
some birds will not tolerate any object inside the bower, and if one is placed
there, even if it is an otherwise acceptable decoration, will, immediately
it is spotted, be removed to the platform, or else thrown out altogether.

Newton (1896) says that “the ‘run’ of the Satin-bird . . . [is] decorated
with the highly-coloured feathers of the Parrot-tribe”’, so that we may
assume red, orange, yellow, green, blue, etc., feathers. Such an unqualified
statement—Gould speaks of blue feathers only—obscures the colour problem.

Rothschild (1898) writes in a similar strain, and says that the bird
builds :—

“srosse, mit bunten Federn, Muscheln, and anderen bunten
Gegenstaenden ausgeschmueckte Lauben.”

(We find here again bright-coloured feathers and other bright objects.)
As to the “Muscheln”, this word is in German only applied to sea-shells
and mussels; snail shells are never given that name, but are called snail-
houses.

Pycraft (1910) remarks of the Satin-bird’s bower: “That the entrance
to this is decorated with snail shells, bleached bones, and bright feathers”.
In a later work (1914) he varies this to “a miscellaneous assortment of
highly coloured feathers, bleached bones, and occasionally flowers’. No
specific colours are stated, but for once at least the bones and snail shells
are not called bright objects. :

Saville Kent, in “A Naturalist in Australia’, speaks of “gaudy parrot
feathers” being collected by the Satin-bird.

Frank Finn, in “Birds as Bower-builders” (“Marvels of the Universe”)
expresses the opinion that “this species decorates its bower, but uses any-
thing it can get hold of, such as pebbles, shells, bones and feathers. Other
Bower-birds specialize more in their decorations”.

Similarly, H. Knight Horsfield, in ‘Side Lights on Birds’, find that the
decorations assembled by our birds are collected “without much discrimina-
tion”, and one feels tempted to add, just as the author collected his in-
formation. As to the indiscriminate collection of his decorations by the
Satin-bird, one can only remark that these statements are not supported
by facts, as will be seen later.

In “The Story of the Bower-bird” (in “Natural History’), by Prof. J. A.
Thomson, one reads about the Satin-bird’s bower:—

“This arch or arbour may be several yards long [sic!]. . . . It is often
festooned with creepers. But there is something more, for in front of the
entrance there is a beauty feast, namely, a miscellaneous collection of snail
shells, bleached bones, bright feathers, and so forth.”

Not one of the above statements, and they might be augmented, pro-
duces anything helpful in elucidating the colour problem here concerned,

NUBLING. 101

i.e., where colour, specific colour, is the principal factor. Instead, we con-
stantly and persistently hear the terms bright, bright-coloured, highly-
coloured, gaily-coloured, gaudy, etc., which quite obscure the question at
issue. For the emphasis is laid on the brightness of the object collected by
the Satin-bird, colour being of interest only as long as it is bright, luminous,
shining. The only definite colour stated is the blue in tail-feathers of the
Rosehill and Pennant’s Parrots, and that is accompanied by the adjective
“gaily-coloured”.

Well, let us have a look at the gaily- or brightly-coloured decorations.
There are first the bones, or bleached bones, which are ever recurring among
the principal decorative objects. Personally, I have come across bones at
bowers not more than twice in many years, and then only single old, dirty
ones, never any number. But I wouldn’t have enough imagination to call
them gay. Quite possibly they were only accidentally on the platform. Pebbles
I have never seen at a bower, though the bird, if he wanted them, could
have easily got them at the river, which is close to many bowers. Snail
shells in a few shades of brown, on the other hand, i.e., when fresh, are
very frequent decorations at bowers, but I can’t see anything bright or gay
in them, and less so when they are bleached.

Gould (1848) draws attention to “the propensity of these birds to pick
up and fly off with any attractive object”, and he gives as an instance “the
bowl of a pipe”. Now, I wish to state quite definitely here that form is of
no attraction to the Satin-bird. If, however, as is most likely, this bowl
happened to be brown, the matter would be in order, since the bird does
collect brown-coloured objects.

None of the decorations mentioned by the various authors as collected
on account of their brightness offers any encouragement to accept that
view. Indeed, the brightness factor is not only a very doubtful one, but
does not operate at all. The question will, however, a little further on be
gone into, viewed from another angle. But before that we shall see what
some Australian authorities have to say on our subject.

A. J. Campbell (1901) writes that “at a bower seen at Christmas in
Gippsland, Victoria”, the chief decorations were the gay feathers of the
Crimson Parrot (Platycercus elegans), “no doubt the usually seen blue-
violet wing- and tail feathers”. He also writes:—

“Mr. J. W. De Lany only noticed blue feathers at bowers. His wife, by
way of experiment put out several pieces of coloured wool near the house:
only the blue ones were taken to the bower.”

Here, for the first time to my knowledge, attention is drawn to the
preference of the Satin-bird for a distinct colour, blue, without any refer-
ence to its brightness. Campbell also mentions a Mr. Lau, of South Queens-
land, as giving, in 1887, the following decorations seen by him at bowers,
namely: “moss, flowers, yellow and blue Lory Parrot feathers, small bones
and snail houses”, nothing being said of brightness. As to the moss, the
only so-called moss I have not infrequently found at bowers in certain
localities in National Park, and always in a dry state, is the clubmoss
Lycopodium densum, which is, however, not a true moss at all, but a pteri-
dophyte.

I may here mention that I obtained my first information about the
Satin-bird from Campbell’s “Nests and Eggs” when living in Victoria.

A. J. North (1901) gives the following account of bower decorations of
our birds:—

102 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

“

. bits of bleached bones, land shells, pieces of moss, berries and
bright feathers, one or more of the latter . . .; chiefly of Pennant’s and the
Rosehill Parrakeets, being worked into the sides [walls] of the bower. Since
the advent of settlers in Australia any bright or glistening article is used
by the birds to ornament their playgrounds.” Here we find again plainly
indicated that the Satin-bird is principally concerned with brightness
without discrimination of colour. A bower seen by North in South Gipps-
land, Victoria, was “with the exception of a few land shells entirely decor-
ated by bits of broken crockery and glass”, colour not mentioned. Another
bower seen in the Kempsey district of New South Wales “had the cast skin
of a small snake worked into the front of one of the walls, and was orna-
mented with a few bits of green moss, dead leaves, and dried sprigs of
flowers.”

Sid W. Jackson (1907) is, and rightly, intrigued about the Satin-bird’s
fondness for blue. He writes:—

“It would be interesting to learn why these birds have the strange
habit of decorating the bower with blue feathers and pieces of blue glass, in
preference to other colours. Their eyes, being a beautiful blue, may have
something to do with it.” Well, we shall have something to say about that
in due course.

A good description of decorations at bowers in the scrubs of the
Macpherson Range of southern Queensland by the same field observer
(1920) may here also be inserted:—

“Several of their bowers or playgrounds were met with. They were
highly decorated with 5-petal blue flowers from a shrub known as Kangaroo
Apple (Solanum aviculare), which were very common in damp gullies in the
scrub . . .; many dead scrub snail-shells of several species were frequently
used as decorations.”

In one bower five species of Helix, also Panda falconeri, were found,
and pieces of cast snakeskin, blue flowers, empty cicada cases, fungi, seeds,
parrots’ blue feathers, etc., as will be seen all natural objects. Pieces of
blue cardboard scattered about in the scrub by Jackson, or placed on logs
some distance away, were nearly all picked up by the bird and taken to the
bower. All this in agreement with my own experiences.

Finally, I would mention H. V. Edwards, Bega (1920), who in a short
article uses for the first time the term colour sense. He also lays stress on
the Satin-bird’s decided preference for the colour blue (inclusive of “purple
blue”), while he, on the other hand, thought a few yellowish-green flower
petals, snail shells, cocoons, and a bit of snakeskin found at bowers, were
of no significance. In this he made a mistake. He made, however, the
pertinent observation that, although “red, yellow and white flowers were
available, the bird passed them by”.

It is, however, Prof. J. Arthur Thomson (1923), who strikes at the root
of the colour problem with the following suggestive and stimulating words:—

“Little seems to be known in regard to the colour sense of birds.” Yet:—

“The use of brightly coloured pods and flowers by Bower-birds suggests
a colour sense . . . but it is always difficult to distinguish what may be
discrimination of colour from what may be only discrimination of differ-
ences in the intensity of the light reflected from the surface.”

The problem may then be formulated thus: Does the Satin-bird in the
choice of the decorations used by him discriminate between different colours

NUBLING. 103

and select those which are agreeable to his special taste, or does he select
his decorative objects solely with regard to their luminosity or brightness
irrespective of colour?

I think the difficulty of Prof. Thomson is not unsurmountable. For
there can in my opinion be very little doubt that the male Satin-bird is not
concerned with the assembly at his bower of bright objects as such.

But to be better able to support this assertion with some more special
and definite data, I will give first a list of the various decorative objects
which I have observed, and taken records of at bowers of Satin-birds in the
National Park area, offering some positive specialised evidence in regard to
the colour problem, and also that of colour versus brightness.

Flowers (a) blue to spectrum violet, and violet purples: Comesperma
ericinum, C. volubile, Conospermum tenuifolium, Dampiera stricta, Dianella
caerulea, D. revoluta, Hardenbergia monophylla, Hovea linearis, lonidium
filiforme, Lobelia gibbosa, Patersonia sericea, Philoteca australis, Prostan-
thera violacea, Ruellia australis, Scaevola ramosissima, Solanum aviculare,
Stypandra caespitosa, Thelymitra ixiodes, Viola betonicaefolia, V. hederacea,
Wahlenbergia gracilis, and the extra-Australian Jacaranda mimosaefolia;
also cultivated flowers, accepted in tests: Bougdinvillea spp., Cineraria spp.,
Delphinium Ajacis, Matthiola spp. (Stocks), and species of Pelargonium,
Plumbago, Portulaca; (b) yellow-green: Billardiera cymosa, B. scandens;
delicate green: Chloanthes glandulosa; (c) creamy and lemon yellow:
Acacia binervata, A. decurrens, A. discolor, A. floribunda, A. juniperina, A.
longifolia, A. oxycedus, A. suaveolens, etc., usually small sprigs of these;
Dendrobium speciosum, Helichrysum lucidum (faded).

The flowers and some collected fruits (e.g., berries of Elaeocarpus
cyaneus) belong to 25 families and 35 genera of plants.

Leaves (always dry): Banksia aemula, B. integrifolia, B. latifolia, B.
serrata, Schizomeria ovata; the leaves of these two genera are the prin-
cipally collected leaves; occasionally found Loranthus spp., Polyosma
Cunninghami, Trochocarpa laurina; both leaves and dry pseudobulbs of the
orchid Dendrobium tetragonum.

Other Vegetative Objects: Young curled fern fronds; the (dry) club
moss Lycopodium denum; fruits of Billardiera scandens and Solanum
aviculare; pods of Acacias; blue berries of Dianella caerulea, etc.; grass
seed husks; puff ball fungi; small brown toad stools.

Snail shells (brown): Rhytida capillacea, Thersites jervisensis, and
other species.

Feathers of: Crimson Parrot (Platycercus elegans) Turquoise Parrot,
(Neophema pulchella), White Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita), Lyre-bird
(Menura superba), Satin-bird, Masked Owl (Tyto novaehollandiae) , Boo-
book Owl (Ninox boobook), Tawny Frogmouth (Podargus strigoides), and
others.

Varia: Empty Cicada cases; case of Hawk Moth (Sphingidae) ; egg bag
of Mantis; paper nest of Wasp; light green dead beetle; pieces of cast skin
of Snake and Lizard; pieces of onion and onion skin, etc.

Artificial Objects: A few of the most frequent may be quoted, mostly
of blue, violet, or purple colour; bits of paper, cardboard, paper wrappers;
matchbox drawers, or parts thereof; threads, ribbons, pieces of fabric of
cotton, wool, silk, etc.; pieces of broken china and glass, enamel, bakelite-

104 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

ware; bags of washing blue; a blue glass heart from a brooch, and many
other things.

The description of the decorations of a most representative bower found
by me may follow: 9/9/1923.—Bower “OO”, Upper Peach Trees, west side
of the river. Deposited on platform; about 10 yellow-green flowers of
Billardiera scandens; about a dozen chalcedony-yellow flowers of Dendro-
bium speciosum, a blue-violet flower of Thelymitra ixioides, several blue-
violet ones of Lobelia gibbosa, a number of dry leaves of Banksia serrata,
eight wisps of grass seed husks, two blue-violet feathers of the Crimson
Parrot, a few each of two species of snail shells, a curled greyish-green
tern frond; in addition, 12 pieces of broken blue and white china, dark blue
and bluish-tinted glass, bits of blue paper, blue matchbox drawer, blue silk
ribbon, threads of blue wool, two blue tin bottle stoppers, etc. The artificial
objects indicate a nearby camping ground (Calala). Bowers with such a
wealth and variety of decorations are not often met with. It may be con-
trasted with a bower right in the scrub away from road and camping
ground.

11/11/1923.—Bower “Alpha”, Bola Creek:—On the platform: 18 flowers of
Billardiera scandens, two sprigs of blue-violet flowers of Dianella caerulea,
dry leaves of Banksia serrata and Schizomeria ovata, a dried pseudo bulb
of the epiphytic orchid Dendrobium tetragonum, and several brown snail
shells; but no artificial objects.

Remarkable for its abundance of flowers was:—

27/10/1923.—Bower “VV”, a little above the mouth of Waterfall Creek,
at the bottom of a small side gully. On platform: Up to 150, or so, flowers
of Billardiera scandens (pale greenish-yellow), about a dozen blue-violet
flowers of Lobelia gibbosa, several sprigs with blue-violet flowers and buds
of Dianella caerulea, dry leaves of Banksia serrata and Schizomeria ovata,
and finally blue-violet feathers of the Crimson Parrots; but no artificial
decorations. When the bower was visited on the following morning at 7
o’clock, the Billardieras had been increased to about 200, forming a veritable
carpet of green-yellow studded with the blue-violet flowers and feathers.

A rather unusual, interesting departure from the ordinary arrange-
ment of the decorations on the bower platform may here also be men-
tioned.

11/11/1923.—“‘Bower “ZZ”, Bola Creek. The bower structure itself
showed no unusual features. The platform in front of the main entrance,
made of stiff straws, was roughly rectangular, and about eleven inches
wide. It was without any decorations, but its outer long edge was bordered
by a straight length of bare branch, about an inch thick; a thinner piece,
lying more aslant, bordered the smaller edge of the rectangle on the left
side. On the outer side of the thicker branch the decorations were laid
out: flowers of five different species, Banksia and Schizomeria leaves, snail
shells, and blue Crimson Parrot feathers. It looked like a garden plot
tenced off against the inner lawn (platform). A fortnight later the same
arrangement still held good, but with a modification in so far, as there was
now to be seen a single blue-violet feather placed to the right of the right
front wall corner, while from the opposite wall corner, and at a right angle
to it, extended a short straight row of decorations, viz., one Billardiera flower,
several bits of blue paper, and a blue matchbox drawer; the remainder and
bulk of the decorations were still in the “garden”. Later, in the off-season,
the bower became neglected and fell to pieces, and the bower ground was

NUBLING. 105

grown over altogether. But on the 19th October, 1924, all the growth of
ferns and native raspberry plants which had sprung up in the interval,
was found removed and a new bower (N.B.5) had been erected in the same
spot, and presumably by the same bird. The two branches of the previous
year were still present; there was now, however, a third piece of branch
lying parallel to the thick old branch, but several inches away from it, and
fencing last year’s open “garden” off against the scrub. In this garden
there was now assembled in a fairly orderly manner a large collection of
dry leaves of Banksia serrata, B. aemula, and of Schizomeria ovata, and
only these leaves. All other decorations, flowers of Billardiera, Dampiera,
Dianella and Wahlenbergia were on the lawn (platform), as well as snail
shells, Cicada cases, cocoons, etc., but not one leaf among them. There
was another novelty attached to the bower, a little “corduroy” track of
short sticks, leading from the scrub at one side to the edge of the platform
on the right. A week later the majority of the platform decorations had
been shifted into the “garden” among the leaves. On the 30th November
the bulk of the decorations was still in the “garden”, while all that the
platform showed were a few Billardiera flowers and blue-violet feathers,
and a sprig of flowers and birds of the blue-violet Stypandra caespitosa.
In the spring of 1925 the new bower was in a new place, some dozen yards
or so from the old, but it entirely lacked anything unusual. Perhaps the
bird was a different one. The interest in the two bowers described lies in
the novel arrangement of the decorations and seems to point to a distinct
sense of form and decorative effect. It is strongly reminiscent of the
decorative arrangements of the Gardener Bower-bird (Amblyornis
inornatus) of New Guinea, first described by Beccari. See also Dr. Colin
C. Simson’s account in the “Ibis” of July, 1907.

The foregoing examples may suffice. Decorations vary, of course, with
the season of the year, the locality, etc., and there are all gradations from
bowers with a very few ornaments only to such a one as described from the
Upper Peach Trees.

Returning now to the brightness question, I will first quote some re-
marks of Sir J. H. Parsons (1924) on the subject. He quotes Newton as
follows:—

“It is to be noted that the most luminous of the prismatic
colours are the yellow and orange. These affect the senses more
strongly than all the rest together; and next to these in strength
are the red and green. The blue compared to these is a faint and
dark colour, and the indigo and violet are much darker and fainter,
so that these compared with the stronger colours are little to be
regarded.”

Parsons then says:—

“Apart from the change in colour, the most striking feature of
the spectrum is the difference in brightness or luminosity of dif-
ferent parts. The brightest part is in the yellow at about the D
line, the luminosity diminishing continuously on both sides to the
extreme ends. The brightness varies with the intensity of the
light, but if the intensity is increased beyond a certain point the
colours also change in tone.”

If, then, blue is of such low, or let me say relatively low, brightness
value, and yet the Satin-bird shows such great preference for it, does it
not necessarily follow that brightness or luminosity cannot be the deciding

106 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

factor in his choice, but that the blue and even more the blue-violet colours
themselves form the attraction for him, and brightness is merely accidental?

In my own decoration list the only “blue” objects, apart from artificial
ones, are flowers, some feathers, and a few berries. It is then interesting
to note that among the flowers (and berries) there is not one 100% blue;
they are all either violet-blues or blue-violets up to spectrum violet; the
feathers of the Crimson Parrot also are blue-violet, the rest of the flowers
are purples, with either violet or red dominating in the colour mixture.

The principal bright (or gay) object in most quotations given appears
to be the blue Parrot feather; the rest of them are in my opinion of very
poor value. Strange to say, except in some Australian quotations, flowers
are hardly, if at all mentioned. And who has not heard of bright flowers?
And the Satin-bird does collect flowers, even some bright ones. But they
are collected for their particular colour value, not for their brightness; and
there are many very bright flowers, oranges, lemon yellows, reds, whites,
which he quite ignores. Unfortunately, I cannot go into any details here,
as the subject would take up too much space. But my material could be
made available to any one interested in this subject.

However, a few of the bright flowers which the Satin-bird deliberately
ignores are: wild flowers: Gompholobium pinnatum (Ridgway: pale lemon-
yellow, 23b); Platylobium formosum (17, cadmium yellow) ; Pultenaea spp.,
Dillwynnia ericifolia, and Gompholobium grandiflorum (all three: 19, light
cadmium) ; Bossiaea scolopendria (21’, wax yellow) ; Hibbertia volubilis (23’,
lemon-yellow) ; cultivated flowers: Thunbergia Gibsoni (11, orange chrome) ;
two Gazania varieties (13, cadmium orange, and 17, cadmium yellow) ;
Eschscholtzia spp. (15, orange, and 17, cadmium yellow). Some of these
flowers, like the last-mentioned, are, indeed, outstandingly luminous, but
the Satin-bird shows no interest in them, and thus himself disproves the
assertion that he is attracted by bright objects.

Bright green leaves, and also dark shades of green, again are not used
by him. His range is limited to certain greens, and to these he sticks. They
will be found in the colour list of decorations. This applies also to any
other decorations, if it is desired to ascertain their definite colour in
accordance with Ridgway’s Colour Standard (1912).

It has been said repeatedly that the Satin-bird selects his objects with-
out any discrimination; in fact, anything would do him, any colour or form
of object, but, as already indicated, such statements have no basis in fact.
In this regard the following remarks are of interest.

Parsons (1924) writes: “. . . from evidence showing that one colour is
markedly preferred to another we can infer that the colours are sensed as
different colours, unless the preference can be ascribed to differences in
brightness.”

Well, it is just this sensing of different colours by the Satin-bird that I
am out to prove, and it is for just that reason that brightness playing any
part in the Satin-bird’s choice had to be, and has been, eliminated, I think.

It had early aroused my attention that the Satin-bird did not only
collect blue articles for his decorative purposes. There were other decora-
tions in other colours, and they were not accidental, but recurring at dif-
ferent bowers. Mr. Neville Cayley gave me a clue on this point when I
showed him a dry leaf of Banksia serrata from one of the bowers. You'll
find that this matches the back of the female bird pretty well, he remarked.

NUBLING. 107

At that time I had seen the female only at a distance, and was not
acquainted with the details of her plumage pattern. So the remark of Mr.
Cayley, though interesting, did not convey much to me. But it lingered in
my mind, and in time it appeared to me that other decorations might well
be matched with her plumage too. The colour of snail shells matching the
primaries and tail, for example. It was, however, the acquisition of Ridg-
way’s Colour Standard (1912), in the later part of 1922, which put my
investigations at once on a surer basis, as it permitted me to compare the
colours of the decorations directly with those of a female’s skin. This, then,
gradually opened a new vista. Did the male collect the female’s colours
with a purpose, or not? Well, much more material was needed to prove
that.

In 1923 and 1924, I corresponded with Prof. Dr. Casey Wood, of Chicago,
Tll., whose acquaintance I had made during the session of the Pan-Pacific
Congress in Sydney, in April, 1923, and some of my rough notes on the
Satin-bird’s colour-sense were published by him later (Wood, 1925).

Unfortunately I lost the Colour Standard during field work. I think in
1924, and this, of course, impeded my work very much.

Now, what colours do make up the female Satin-bird’s plumage pattern?
Here, Gould’s description (1848, 1865) may follow, and opposed to them
Ridgway’s colours, obtained from comparison with a female skin, will be
shown. This, then, will permit comparison of the colours of the female
with those of decorations in an easy and reliable manner.

Gould’s description.

Head and all the upper surface:
greyish green;

Female skin: Ridgway’s colours.

head, crown: 41’”,i, deep bluish-green
and 29”” i, slate-blue;

upper surface, neck: 21””,i, deep
greyish olive, and 23”,k, yellowish
olive;

wings and tail: dark sulphur wing (gradating): 15,m, Brussels

brown, the inner webs of the
primaries being the darkest;

under surface containing the
same tints as the upper, but
very much lighter and with
a wash of yellow;

each feather of the under sur-
face also has a _ crescent-
shaped mark of dark brown
near the extremity giving the
whole a scaly appearance;

irides: of a deeper blue than in
the male, and with only an
indication of the red ring;

bill: dark horn colour.

brown; 15’m, Prout’s brown; 17,m,
raw umber; 17’,m, mummy brown;

wing coverts: 15,m, Brussels brown;

tail: 15,m, Brussels brown.

under surface, from throat down, also
under tail coverts: 21’,k, dull
citine; 21”,i, ecru olive; 27,f, pale
green yellow to 29,f, pale viridine
yellow;

leg coverts 17’, yellow ochre.

crescentic marks on under surface
(gradating): 17,m, raw umber;
17’,.m, mummy brown; 19,m, medal
bronze.

iris colour: approximately 51, Brad-
ley’s blue;

inner ring: approximately 69,b,
Tyrian pink (like the male), or
perhaps 69, Tyrian rose.

bill: 17’,m, mummy brown.

108 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

Note: I wish to insert here some remarks about the iris of the Satin-
bird, chiefly the male (adult). Gould gives this as “a beautiful light blue”,
that of the immature male as “dark blue”. From watching adult males at
and near their bowers and elsewhere at close range in 1922 and later with
Ridgway in hand, I thought 51,b, Amparo blue a fair approximation. With
female birds, owing to their shyness, I have been less successful, as it is
rather difficult to get close to them to get a satisfactory view. I consider,
however, 51, Bradley’s blue to meet Gould’s “deeper blue than in the male”.

In September, October, and November, 1939, at the bower-bird aviary
in the Taronga Zoological Park, I was able to see “eye to eye” with an
adult male and an immature male (bill like the adult male’s, not dark
brown like the female’s). Both these males on these three occasions would
fly up on the wire-netting time and again to take bits of violet-blue paper,
which I pushed through the meshing, right from my fingers. By holding
on to the bits, at which the birds would tug, I gained a few seconds each
time of very close view of their eye colour. I also watched them on the
ground close to the netting; and the female there also. I found my earlier
determinations as to the adults pretty well confirmed. But the iris colour
of the immature male did not agree with Gould’s description of it, nor did
it agree with either of the two adults, for it was a distinctly pale blue-
violet, about 55,d, or 53,d, of Ridgway.

Now, from the colour definitions of the female’s plumage, bill, and iris,
two separate colour series, each with two subseries are obtained:—

(1) from 15, yellow orange (pure colour) to 29, green yellow, which

may be subdivided as follows:—

(a) 15 and 17, resp. orange and cadmium-yellow; but these are
only represented by dark shades, viz., orange browns and
cadmium browns;

(b) 19, light cadmium yellow; but only represented by a dark shade,
i.e., a dark orange citrine (19,m, medal bronze);

21, lemon chrome; 23, lemon yellow; 27, bright green yellow;
29, Neva green.
All the four pure colours occur in admixtures with white,
black, or grey.

(2) (a) 51, Bradley’s blue (approx.).

(b) 69,b, Tyrian pink, or 69, Tyrian rose-purples.

Intermediate between the two series: 41, a shade of benzol green.

It will now be of interest to learn whether these colours of the female
can be matched by the colours of the decorative objects. I, therefore, sub-
mit a list of those decorations for which I have been able to obtain the
correct colour values. Some of these determinations were made in 1922-
1924; but a very considerable number were made only in 1938 and 1939,
when all the old determinations were checked over as far as possible. In
all the later day determinations I was most ably assisted by my wife.

Bower Decorations and Their Colours.

Flowers: (a) range blue-violet-purple.

Comesperma ericinum: 63, violet purple; Dampiera stricta (variable) ;
55,b, light blue-violet, 55, blue-violet, 55,i, deep blue-violet, 55,k, hyazinth
blue; Dianella caerulea (variable): 55,d, pale blue-violet, 55’, soft blue-
violet, 57,b, light bluish-violet; bud: 59,b, light violet; berry: 59,k, dark

NUBLING. 109

violet; Elaeocarpus cyaneus, berry: 51’,m, alizarine blue; Hardenbergia
monophylla (variable): 59,i, royal purple, 61’, pleroma violet, 61’,i, hae-
matoxylon violet; Ionidium filiforme: 61’, pleroma violet, 61,b, lavender
violet; Jacaranda mimosaefolia: 59,d, pale violet; Lobelia gibbosa: 55, blue-
violet; Patersonia sericea (variable): 59, spectrum violet, 59,i, royal purple,
5Y,kK, dark violet; Prostanthera violacea: 53,d, light amparo purple; Ruellia
australis: 61,d, light hortense colour, 61,f, pale hortense colour; Scaevola
ramosissima (varying): 61,f, pale hortense colour, centre: 61,b, hortense
violet; Solanum aviculare: 61’,b, lavender violet; Stypandra caespitosa:
53,i, smalt blue; Thelymitra ixioides: 57,b, light bluish-violet, and 59,b,
light violet; Viola betonicaefolia: 61,d, light hortense violet, 61,b, hortense
violet; V. hederacea: 57’,i, deep dull bluish-violet; Wahlenbergia gracilis:
59,b, light violet, 59,d, pale violet;

Cultivated flowers (in tests): Bougainvillea (? spectabilis): 65, purple
true; Delphinium Ajacis: 53,i, smalt blue; Pelargonium species: 67,b, mallow
purple to 67, rhodamin purple, and 69,b, Tyrian pink to 69, Tyrian rose;
Plumbago (? capensis): 53,i, smalt blue; Wistaria sp.: 61,b, hortense violet;
Cineraria sp.: 59,m, blackish violet, Matthiola sp., single: 61,i, Rood’s violet;
double: 65,m, blackish purple; Portulaca sp.: 67,d, light mallow purple to
67,b, mallow purple;

(b) other colours (varying according to freshness) :—

Billardiera scandens: 27,d, light-green yellow, and 31,d, light yellow-
green; Acacias (all determinations made from fresh specimens): A. biner-
vata, 23, lemon yellow; A. floribunda and A. myrtifolia, 23,d, picric yellow;
A. juniperina: 23,d, barium yellow, and 25,f, sulphur yellow; A. oxycedrus:
23,b, pale lemon yellow, and 23,d, picric yellow; A. suaveolens: 23,f, Martius
yellow, and 25,f, sulphur yellow; bud: 23, lemon yellow;

Dendrobium speciosum: 25’,f, pale chalcedony yellow, 25,d, light chal-
cedony yellow, 25,b, chalcedony yellow;

Cultivated flowers (in tests): Gazania sp.: 21’,f, ivory yellow;
Genista sp.: 21, lemon chrome.

Leaves (dry only) :—

Banksia aemula: 21’,i, olive lake, 21”,i, ecru olive, 23,i, pyrite yellow,
25”,i, mignonette green; B. integrifolia: 23”,b, reed yellow, 23”,i, light yellow;
B. latifolia: 17”’,i, buffy brown (above), 17,k, antique brown, or 15,k, Sudan
brown (below); B. serrata: 21,i, sulphine yellow, 21’,i, olive lake, 21”,i, ecru
olive, 21”, dark olive buff, 21’’,b, deep olive buff, 23’,i, yellow citrine, 25”’,b,
light grape green to 25’, grape green, 25’”’, vetiver green, etc.; Loranthus
sp.: 21’,k, dull citrine, 23”,k, yellowish olive; Schizomeria ovata: 21”’,i, ecru
olive, 23,i, pyrite yellow, 23’,i, yellowish citrine, 23”, olive yellow, etc.

Plants, or parts thereof:—

Ciubmoss (Lycopodium densum), dry: 19”,b, chamois; Dendrobrium
tetragonum, dry pseudobulb: 19’,k, buffy citrine, etc.; puff ball fungus:
17”’,k, Saccardo’s umber; fruit of Solanum aviculare: 23’, strontian yellow.

Feathers :—

Crimson Parrot (Platycercus elegans): 53*,m, Urania blue, 55, blue-
violet shading to 55,m, dark aniline blue; Turquoise Parrot (Neophema
pulchella): 43,d, calamine blue; White Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita): 25,d,
pale greenish yellow, or 25,b, light greenish yellow; various feathers of
Green Satin-bird; also small blue-violet tipped black of male (? moult);
Masked Owl (Tyto novaehollandiae): 175m, mummy brown; Boobook Owl

110 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

(Ninox boobook): 17,m, raw umber; Tawny Frogmouth (Podargus stri-
goides) : 15”,m, bister to 15’,m, Prout’s brown.

(Colours of artificial objects omitted) :—

From the colour definitions of the decorative objects two separate
colour series each with two subseries are once more obtained, viz.:—

(1) from 15, yellow-orange (pure colour) to 31 green-yellow, with two
subdivisions :—
(a) 15, yellow-orange and 17, cadmium-yellow; but only dark shades
of these two colours are represented, viz., orange-browns
and cadmium browns.

(b) 19, light cadmium-yellow; but only represented by dark shades
of this colour; viz., dark orange citrines (19,m, medal bronze,
etc.) ;

21, lemon chrome, 23 lemon-yellow, 25 greenish-yellow, 27 light
green-yellow;

29, Neva green, 31, yellow-green, viz.: 21 and 23 in full colours,
tints and shades, 25 in full colour and tints, 27 to 31 in tints
only;

(2) from 45, green-blue to 59, spectrum violet, and beyond to 69, purple,
with two subdivisions, viz.:

(a) 45, cerulean blue (pure colour), 47 methyl blue, 49 spectrum
blue, 51, Bradley’s blue, 53, phenyl blue, 55, blue-violet, 57,
bluish-violet, and 59, spectrum violet, either in full colour,
shades, or tints;

(b) 61, amethyst violet, 63, violet purple, 65, purple (true), 67,
rhodamine purple, 69, Tyrian rose, either in full colour,
tints, or shades;

Intermediate between the two series: 43 Italian blue: a green-blue
with a preponderance of green; only one instance.

Note re 45: only one instance recorded, i.e., 45”,i, deep orient blue, in
broken pieces of Bakelite ware. By the way, the male Satin-bird in his
bill shows also 45, i.e., 45”,m, dusky orient blue.

If now the two colour series of the female’s plumage, etc., are placed
in juxtaposition to the two colour series of the decorative objects, we obtain
the picture shown in tables I and II (opposite) and respectively represent-
ing the two colour series.

If we now look at Table I, the outstanding feature is a division into
two groups of colours: a brown, representing the wings, wing-coverts, tail,
bill, and the crescentic markings on the underside of the female, 15 and
17; 19, which I have taken before in my subseries b, is a kind of inter-
mediate; ie., dark orange citrine; it also represents some of the crescentic
marks. The second group, yellow-greens on the whole, represents the
upper and underside of the female, 21-29, and, not contained in the female’s
plumage, 31. It is, by the way, interesting to note, that in the adult male’s
plumage the browns appear as black, and the yellow-greens as blue-violet.

Another striking feature is the correspondence of the colours of the
female with those of the decorations. This becomes still more evident, if
Ridgway’s Colour Standard is opened and the colours are compared directly.
If we take, for example, 17,m, raw umber, a dark cadmium brown in the
female’s plumage, we will find that this same colour also occurs among the

111

* * * * * * * * * * * x * “* ** sagafqo 9ATQeIODEp
* * ** . of Oa * (SUII
JauUI puUe ssl) asrewey
69 L9 c9 €9 T9 6S LG Gc €s TS 67 LY SP Tes ss fequinu INO[OD
‘II GIAVL

"11e} =4 ‘'SJ19AO0 SUIM = ‘O°'M {SUIM = ‘M fapIs
zeddn = ‘s'dn ‘apis Jepun = ‘s'un {yoou = ‘U {UMOID = “ID ‘apis JeapuN UO SyIeW I4USDSEI0 ‘UW'D ‘TTIq = “q
fainjxtupe Asis YIM ‘Op ‘HOq fsjoefqo sAMeIODBp ‘q ‘aIN}xIWpe AdIs UJIM ‘Op ‘Og ‘oseuInid s,s[ewej ‘g

—:uolIyeueldxy
‘s'un ‘sun “eS Cn ‘u “s'dn ‘qhurocCM| ‘uo M “Myc OM OMG
o “s'un ‘ura
A Sie ib Choir. ule Oho SRSiears ac eo eee tied yorrq
B ICG OG a
2 Tl ‘Od 'g “Og ‘E Sele ele a suah @6..aile ae lsile ‘sive © Ww “
‘pd
‘Oa ‘Og ‘Oa ‘9a ‘a ‘a <0) © eusiele ele cle ale «| ules e1a 6 6 Dt “cc
“1 LS 9) “Oa cal
‘Og ‘Og ‘Qq\‘a ‘pq Fe | eee occ I opeys
‘Od| ‘a
It Od ‘Og BEYQ Ifo ae © Ord | OPE OR CGH SRT I ES OE a a INOTOD [[NI
‘Oa ‘a ‘ad “Od awe awie Grm ihlie eece "O76 6.6 Its 60. ¢ © @ ee il2 0:8 @.@ Gh@ 0 Bxe 4 6 6.0 eis C'S wrere"s ae 0 86 © q “ce
‘a ‘a ‘Oa ‘a ‘Oa ‘a aeebateny Mila -elerdearann dis aiavect)elptelli@s. ais che alle..c |= lu ele em s « wielie ee ee eee 6 ee eee p “cc
d ‘dad
q ‘q -odl'a 76 en (goon Onno tt oo od ooo ooo ooo ceo coca ooo T4un
SNR oe hea tense ee Rene wis are o qty
T€ 62 LG co €@ 1n4 61 LT Cite aw ae = ae taqumnu INo[oOD

112 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

decorations, but in addition in the latter also 17,k, and 17,i. These are,
however, merely less black admixed shades than 17,m, and fall readily in
the same colour scale. Similar examples could be given from among the
yellow-greens, but the foregoing may suffice.

Table II does not, I think, require any special explanation, except to say
that the colour range of the decorations is naturally much wider. Blues,
violets, and violet-purples are the attractions for the male, and no dis-
tinction is in my experience made between the different tones.

A few remarks may here be made about some yellow-greens which,
although they fall in the colour range 25 to 29 of Table I, are not collected
by the Satin-bird. They comprise the leaves of a number of trees which
are found growing in National Park in abundance. In the following I will
give a few of them with their colours added. Species of Eucalyptus (f.i.,
27’,.m, yew green, 29’,m, dark cress-green, etc.) ; Angophora lanceolata (29’,m,
dark cress-green); Turpentine-tree, Syncarpia laurifolia (25’,m, hellebore
green, or 27’,m, elm green); Callicoma serratifolia (25,m, calla green), and
those of many others, as fig trees. They are, as will be seen, all dark tones
(m). The reason is evident; the female’s plumage does not show these
dark shades. Leaf form, cannot play any part in the selection; though
rigidity may have some influence when it is combined with an acceptable
colour. The leaves actually collected in general show this feature.

Emerald green and blue greens are general absentees at bowers.

White is never collected—e.g., white flowers—but may be seen in com-
bination with an acceptable colour, when, of course, the latter forms the
attraction: blue and white china. Also a proof that the bird is not con-
cerned with brightness.

It is similar with black. Against this it may be urged that the male
Satin-bird often paints the inner walls of his bower black. But there is a
difference in this; it is not a collected object. And if the male decks the
approaches (platform) to his playhouse in the colours of his mate, as the
troubadours and knights of old used to deck themselves with the colours of
their lady-loves, why should he not paint the walls of his house in his own
colour black when it pleases him to do so. I recently read that a suggestion
had been made that painting may be connected with the bird’s liking for
dark colours. I should like to see this substantiated; so far I have not been
aware of any such liking of the bird for dark colours as such.

In the foregoing two colour series have been established, separated in
the spectrum: a yellow to yellow-green and a blue to spectrum violet and
purples beyond. It has also been shown that in these two series the colours
of the female Satin-bird’s exterior (plumage, bill, iris), when juxtaposed
with the colours of the decorative objects, are well matched by these latter,
and that colours which do not closely match those of the female are not
represented among the decorations. Examples have, furthermore, been
given of a number of flowers and leaves which, although falling in the
yellow. to yellow-green series (15 to 31) are not accepted by the male for his
decorative purposes, obviously because they do not match the female’s
colours. This fact is thus an indirect confirmation of my contentions in
that direction.

The conclusions I am then drawing from the evidence provided in the
foregoing pages, crystallized in the two tables, is that the male Satin-bird
collects for his decorative purposes, practically without exception, only such
colours as can be matched by the colours of the female’s exterior (plumage,

NUBLING. 113

bill, iris), and that any other colours are disregarded. The evidence for
these conclusions is based on many years of field observation records and
tests at the aviaries of the Taronga Zoological Park.

Another conclusion which can safely be drawn from the evidence of-
fered is that the male Satin-bird possesses indeed an extraordinarily and
astonishingly fine colour sense which enables him to discriminate with
apparent ease between different colours, and also, within one definite colour
scale, between its different tints and shades.

Now, if the colour sense of the male Satin-bird is indeed so perfectly
developed as has just been claimed, that is that he is not only able to per-
ceive correctly the colours of the female—in itself a rather extraordinary
thing—but in turn to go and select decorations for his bower in precisely
the same colours, a psychological fact of great importance, then we must
assume that the physical basis for such an acute colour sense is also present
in his visual organs. He must, therefore, possess a colour vision, which in
its wide range compares closely with that of man.

What then has science to say on this point? The answer will presently
be given in a number of quotations.

But before this I wish to insert here a paragraph on the

Frequency at bowers of certain decorations.

Blue-violet decorations are by no means predominant over those of
other colours at the Satin-bird’s bower. To demonstrate this fact I submit
here a list of eight principal natural objects found on 274 bowers, on as
many occasions, visited from September, 1922 to April, 1926, both months
inclusive; but exclusive of those months in which bowers were not visited
and exclusive also of those months in which none of the eight principal
decorations was found. This leaves 34 productive months out of 44.

Yellow—yellow-green subseries:

found in:
Billardiera scandens . .. 226 cases in 28 months
various Acdcia species .. 37 _,, » 14 "
(dry) Banksia serrata leaves .. 123 ,, » 26 =
Brown subseries:
species of snail shells .. 118 ,, 3 ae Bs

(504 cases)
Blue to violet subseries:

Dampiera stricta ..... 89 cases alt) DG
Dianella caerulea .. .. 42 ,, Pe) ha
Lobelia gibbosa .. .. .. Tee » 14 a
Crimson Parrot’s feather OS: e; esther BS

(300 cases)

So as to make the figures comparable only such bowers were taken into
consideration in which at least one of the above eight decorations was
present. In this instance one mark was made against bowers visited, and
one against that decoration. If more than one of the latter was present
each received a mark, but there would always be only one mark against
the bower. As regards flowers, attention may be drawn to the fact that,
with the exception of Billardiera scandens, which flowers practically all the

114 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

year round, they are naturally limited to a certain season of the year, the
four other species above-mentioned, roughly to about May or June to
December. Both, absolutely and relatively, Billardiera scandens is the most
frequent decorative object.

Colour Vision of Birds.

C. Hess (1914) wrote (translated) :—

“Tf a diurnal bird, for example a fowl, is placed before a strong spectrum
{thrown on a horizontal black surface] over which grains of rice have been
scattered, it will pick the grains just so far towards the red end as they are
visible for our own eye, and in addition take the yellow and green grains,
but will leave untouched the green-blue, blue, and violet ones, though these
are well visible for us.”

He gives as the reason for this that microscopical examination of the
retina of the above-mentioned birds disclosed the fact that the cones on
its outer side contain yellow or red, so-called oil globuies, which absorb
the short wave-lengths of the light, so that only the long wave-lengths
reach the retina proper. Diurnal birds were thus supposed to see the world
of colours in the same way as we would, if we were looking through reddish-
yellow glasses.

I have gone through a good deal of the literature on this subject, but
to my surprise found that this theory has, with a very few exceptions, been
generally accepted.

I became acquainted with Hess’s views towards the end of 1924. Natur-
ally the assertion that diurnal birds could not see blue made me sit up at
first; for four years of field observations had taught me that the Satin-
bird had an especially keen eye for blue and violet. Yet here it was
claimed that he could not see these colours at all, except as perhaps some-
thing drab and grey. Surely there was something wrong and inconsistent
in the assertion that birds, these “exquisitely poised” creatures of air and
light, should have been so limited by nature in their most vital sensory
organ, the eye, that they were able to see only half the world in its natural
colours. That seemed incredible, and I was not at all convinced.

Now, Hess’s experiments were made only with such diurnal birds as
fowls and pigeons; but it does not necessarily follow that what holds good
for fowls and pigeons must hold good for all other diurnal birds; for example,
a bird “widely remote in the tree of avian life’, like the Satin-bird. Have
the visual elements of any such birds also been examined? I do not think
so, unless it has been done quite recently. To extend then the deductions
made from the results obtained with fowls and pigeons to all diurnal birds
seems to me a generalization which lacks any scientific caution and offers
no proofs in its support. It is said that only yellow and red oil globules
occur in diurnal birds. But why no blue or green? The latter, I think,
have been ascertained in the rods of frogs. Colourless oil globules, which
do not obstruct blue light to reach the retina, occur in fishes and amphibia;
why not in birds? Hess does not seem even to have considered the possi-
bility. There are so many different modes of life in the bird world, there
are great differences in the environment they live in, etc. A swift possesses
a different wing from that of a sparrow, and an albatross from that of a
quail, and nature has provided them with what is suitable for the mode of
life of each. Why then should this not be equally applicable to the vital
visual elements of birds, and these be adapted to their different needs?

NUBLING. 115

Let us now look at the matter from another angle. Assuming that
European domestic pigeons were used in Hess’s experiments. They, like
their relatives, the wild doves, are principally seed eaters and ground
feeders; but I doubt very much that in their search for food they would
come across, or in captivity be fed with, blue seeds. No association would,
therefore, be formed by these birds with blue as a food, a seed, and the
blue grain in the experiment would thus be ignored, as indeed it was.

The experiment, therefore, does not by any means prove that diurnal
birds, including these pigeons, cannot see blue.

But there are other pigeons, to mention only the large family of the
Carpophagidae, the Fruit Pigeons, which are neither seed eaters, nor ground
feeders, but live principally on fleshy fruits, berries, and the like in the
trees. These fruits are of all colours, including blue; for example, those
of the widespread genus Elaeocarpus (from India right through into the
Pacific, and including Australia). It is well known that fruit pigeons,
parrots and other frugivorous birds (including the Satin-bird), readily
eat these fruits. Only the fleshy, succulent outer part of the fruit, or
drupe, is consumed by birds, while the hard inner endocarp, or seed, passes
through and out of the body undigested. Now, these birds must be able to
distinguish the green, unripe fruit, which they pass by, from the blue, ripe
one, which they consume. Consequently they must be able to discriminate
between the two colours, green and blue, that is see and sense them.

It has been suggested that food tests might be made with the Satin-
bird in some manner similar to Hess’s. But what could they prove? The
Satin-bird is principally, though not solely, a fruit-eater, and will eat any
ripe, fleshy, pulpy, luscious fruit, whether its colour is red, orange, yellow,
green, blue, violet, purple, black, or white. Examples for any of these
colours could be given. And he is quite well aware what is ripe and what
not. Any experiments made in that direction would, therefore, be quite
futile and to no useful purpose, as they would disclose nothing in regard to
the bird’s colour sense that was not already known from field observation.
Besides, although the Satin-bird disregards certain colours, like red, orange,
white, etc., as decorations for his bower, he certainly does not reject them
as a food. Which shows, again, that he knows how to discriminate.

What has been said about the Satin-bird may, no doubt, be applicable
to many other birds.

After this somewhat lengthy “aside” little more need be said in regard
to Hess’s theory that diurna! birds cannot see blue. I do not consider that
this theory has been proved, and that it has any general validity, or that
it will in any way affect my own conclusions.

I have developed my own ideas on the colour sense of the bird and
stated them. And I feel confident that the adult male Satin-bird possesses
the colour vision and concomitant colour sense assigned to him. It is then
only natural and logical to add that the same colour vision must also be
assigned to the immature male and the female of the species.

The positive, physical proof of the Satin-bird’s unimpaired colour
vision can only be produced by dissection of the bird’s eye, but that, not
being an anatomist, I cannot undertake.

I recently came across a paper on the colour vision of the Satin-bird
by T. C. S. Morrison-Scott (1937). This author made a variety of tests
with a large number of colours, also illumination and other special tests,
which were of considerable interest to me, since in most instances they

116 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

confirm my own views. It would take up too much space to go into details
here, so I shall confine myself to a remark or two.

Morrison-Scott distinguishes two colour ranges, a yellow and a blue,
both of which readily fall within my own two colour series; but both of his
two ranges are much too limited, and that at either end, so that the essen-
tial browns are entirely absent, as well as all violet purples and blue-violets;
the violet-blues only remaining, etc. Otherwise his results are very satis-
factory.

Finally, it may be noted that Hugh R. Cott (1940), says that more
recent reseach has established the view that diurnal birds have the capacity
for distinguishing between lights of different wave-lengths. If that is so,
then my views on the colour vision of diurnal birds, and especially that of
the Satin-bird, have been completely verified.

A few words may now be added about the “aesthetic” side of the Satin-
bird’s bower-building and decorative propensities, as these have been fre-
quently referred to by various writers.

Darwin (1871) first drew attention to this matter when he ascribed a
“taste for the beautiful” to bower-birds in general, and the Satin-bird in
particular. In another place he remarks that “the playing passages of
bower-birds are tastefully ornamented with gaily-coloured objects; and this
shows that they must receive some kind of pleasure from the sight of such
things’. The accent is on the gayness or brightness of the objects, which
intimates that the pleasure is purely sensuous, and in no way differs from
that of a savage who delights in putting a piece of bright or gaudy cloth
around his loins. This could hardly be called an aesthetic feeling in the
true sense of the word, as that requires a cultured mind, which is capable
of appreciating what is beautiful in nature, art, etc., and is not usually
attributed to animals. However, I have not claimed that the Satin-bird
finds pleasure in bright things.

Many explanations and interpretations of the Satin-bird’s habits of
assembling “bright”, or at any rate coloured, objects at his bower, have
been offered, but on the whole they do not seem in any way to improve on
Darwin’s views. For instance, quite recently they were described as “a
blend between art gallery and museum” (J. Huxley, 1940). But that entirely
misses the essential point, as will be apparent from what has been said
earlier in this paper.

A French writer, Remy de Gourmont (1906-[1922]) wrote with reference
to the Satin-bird and Gardener Bower-bird (Amblyornis inornatus) from a
different point of view, as follows:—

“People search for the ‘origin of art’; there you have it in the sexual
game of a bird. Our aesthetic manifestations are but a development of
the same instinct to please, which, in one species, over-excites the male,
in another moves the female. If there is a surplus, it will be spent aim-
lessly, for pure pleasure: that is human art; its origin is that of the art of
birds and insects.” And:—

“The grave fact is the gathering of the first flower. The useful fact
explains animality; the useless fact explains man. Now it is of capital
importance to show that the useless fact is not peculiar to man alone.”

De Gourmont’s explanation is interesting and rather novel in regard

to what he has to say about the origin of art. What he apparently drives
at is that on divergent lines of evolution a mind has been developed in

ee

NUBLING. 117

birds, or certain groups of birds, which is only qualitatively different from
man’s. This mind would, in the first instance, owe its functioning to un-
impaired vision similar to that of man; and, this being accepted, there should
be no special reason why a bird—say the Satin-bird—could not experience
similar sensations to those of man. For “there is no reflection, contem-
plative thought, or conception without perception”, just as “there is no
perception without sensory presentation” (Parsons, 1927), that is the
psychological event in the brain is dependent on the physiological event
at the visual sensory receptor, the retina.

If we look at the matter from this point of view, it does not perhaps

matter very much whether we call the sensation derived from the sight of
bright things sensuous pleasure, or place it on a higher plane and call it
aesthetic. But that is not all; the important point is that perception is
followed by contemplative thought, and that by conception, viz., the
generation of an idea by the mind, which in turn, to give a concrete example,
the Satin-bird, produces a tangible fact, the erection of his bower or play-
house. For this can hardly be thought of otherwise than premeditated
and planned. In other words, an intelligent mind has been at work to
create it, and it is the outward expression of this mind. If this playhouse
is subsequently decorated with objects which please the bird, owing to their
particular colours, then is this only another way by which the bird shows
its ability to transfer. his decorative ideas into visible effect.

In regard to the Satin-bird, it has previously been shown that his de-
corations are not collected for the sake of their brightness, but for their
colours. There is no doubt about that; also that he derives pleasure from,
and is stimulated by, these colours, in particular the blue-violet. But the
main reason for selecting certain well-defined colours has again an idea, a
meaning, at its back: they represent the insignia, so to speak, of his female
mate. The presence at the bower of objects bearing her colours is then
not so much for the purpose of attracting the female, but for his own
stimulation; they act on him in the way of an aphrodisiac. In the follow-
ing paragraph I will give an example of how the blue-violet colour affects
the Satin-bird.

On the 6th of June of this year—note the date—I visited the bower-
bird aviary in Taronga Park. There was in it an unattended bower with-
out any decorations. Present in the aviary were a blue male in not yet
complete, though far advanced new plumage. He was the owner of the
bower; there were three immature green males, each with a dark spot here
and there, the first faint signs of plumage change, and there were finally
four green females. All these birds on my arrival sat quietly in the small
trees, or flew to and fro, to settle down again. In a little while I intro-
duced a number of little bits of blue-violet paper through the wire-netting
into the aviary. Immediately the quiet scene changed as by magic, and
great excitement prevailed all round. The blue male, after collecting
what he could get of the blue papers, repaired with them to the bower, a
female slipped inside it, and a performance began forthwith. The three
immature males, each with a bill full of blue papers, having no bower, flew
into the small, bushy trees near the back wall, settled on the most nearly
horizontal branches, and, still holding the blue papers in their bills, began
to perform too. Each had a female attendant, who sat a little higher up
on another branch. This performing, in all four instances, lasted with
only slight interruptions for 34 hours. A very entertaining afternoon. A
similar scene with the same eight birds was witnessed on the 13th of July.

118 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

But to resume the narrative. The female-coloured objects also play a
part in the “display”. As it does not appear to be the purpose of the male
Satin-bird to display his finery before the admiring female, to attract her,
I think it better to call this performance a rite or ceremonial, evolved by
the mind of the bird, and culminating in what could be called a kind of
apotheosis of the female. The decorations in this instance would be merely
requisites of the ceremony, though not without some significance in the
proceedings. It may be said here that the female throughout the perform-
ance remains entirely passive. All the same, the proceedings must impart
to her a certain, if unconscious, stimulus, which would in turn be effective
in bringing to maturation the physiological changes going on in her body,
and ultimately resulting in ovulation.

The whole ceremonial, with the posturing of the male as the dominant
feature is then, in the breeding season, and presumably also in some pre-
paratory stages before its actual beginning, entirely bound up with the
reproductive cycle of the species, and thus of great physiological importance
and significance. Sexual selection, as postulated by Darwin (1871), is
evidently not involved here.

To show the great intensity of the male Satin-bird during a short and
rather unique performance in the bower-bird aviary at Taronga Park on
the 13th October, 1939, i.e., in the breeding season, the following extract
from my diary may be inserted here:—

Blue male on the platform in front of the bower; female arrives and
takes up her position inside the bower; the male now faces her. Hardly
any of the usual performance attitudes, movements, and accompanying
calls have occurred, when the male abruptly steps to the left side of the
bower entrance, and, now at a right angle to her, faces right away from
her. There he remains for a while, perfectly motionless and rigid. His
shining, sleek body is extended, his neck craned to the utmost—at first,
then slowly twisted upward and round to such a degree that I can see the
eye on the other, right side of his face. Entranced, transfixed, he stares
into the void. No feather is raised, no wing is flicked up, the tail is neither
bent down nor curved. Nothing moves. It is a singular, strange sight.
Now he relaxes; the trance is over. The female flies away, but he remains
on the platform, apparently quite oblivious whether she is still present or
not. Then he steps to the right side of the bower entrance, where he is
seen, head slightly bent down, and again perfectly motionless, standing as
in deep meditation, for many minutes. I try to divert his attention, but
he takes no notice. At long last he relaxes once more, and then makes off.
What had been going on in his mind? Who knows!

The following two quotations are here of especial interest and im-
portance :—

F. H. A. Marshall (1929) wrote: “. . . there is a strong presumption
that sexual posturing in birds has a definite physiological significance in
that it exercises a stimulating influence upon the anterior lobe of the
pituitary, thereby causing it to secrete in greater quantity and so bring
about those ovarian processes which result in egg-laying.”

In a later, exhaustive paper (1936), on the ‘Sexual Periodicity and the
Causes Which Determine It”, the same author writes:—

“We may conclude, then, that in all the higher animals sexual
periodicity while conditioned by the environment, is regulated in its suc-
cessive phases by the combined integrative action of the nervous and

NUBLING. 119

endocrine systems. The primary periodicity is a function of the gonad, the
anterior pituitary acting as a regulator, and the internal rhythm is adjusted
to the environment by the latter acting on the pituitary, Partly or entirely,
through the intermediation of the nervous system.

The role of the pituitary in connection with such sexual manifestations
as posturing during display or ceremonial is thus apparently a factor of
outstanding importance.

In the earlier pages of this paper it has been shown that bowers are
erected by the Satin-bird in all months of the year. I mentioned among
these one at Burunda Creek at as early a date as the 27th April, 1924 (it
lasted till the 30th December). We may rightfully include that, and similar
cases in May, June, etc., among bowers erected by the male as a kind of
territorial signal. If we now include these latter among the aforemen-
tioned preparatory stages of the reproductive period, we have an explana-
tion for the erection of early bowers holding good from late April onwards.
We have, however, still to account for the months from January up to
April.

Now along a certain river flat in National Park and opposite it there
were in consecutive years always new bowers found erected from about
mid-February to mid-March. During this time Satin-birds were always
about there. I visited the locality in every year from 1921 to 1926, and
there were bowers on either one or the other side of the river. On the
flat I am here specially referring to anything up to twelve or more birds
were present on a particular day. They included blue males, immature
males in advanced plumage change, females, and young green birds of
either sex. Performing was going on everywhere among the older birds,
but, strange to say, the bower was in all these years hardly ever resorted to
for that’ purpose. How is this to be explained? ‘The first reason for their
presence on the flat was, of course, the ripening of some fruit in the
locality, for when this gave out, the birds were seen no more. The interest-
ing part was, however, the very vigorous and intense performing at that
time of the year, and that only in the trees. The actual players were
always in pairs, an active male, a passive female. It could hardly be called
a communal gathering, as may sometimes be observed with these birds,
since there was seen no chasing in and around the bower, etc. Had it
perhaps something to do with the approaching elevation of the mature
males to full rank? It is difficult to say. The only positive thing is that
the male birds had carried their ceremonial past the close of the breeding
season in December into the off-time of the year. To satisfy their aesthetic
needs? Hardly, for there was no scope for that in the trees. The only
explanation left then is their love for the ceremonial itself without any
direct reference to sex matters.

New bowers in January. On a river flat a new bower was found late
in January, 1924, replacing one newly-erected in mid-December. On the
second of March I watched thereabouts a very young bird in a tree being
at intervals fed by its mother. Evidently, for one reason or another, a late
brood had been reared there, and this accounted for the late bower in
January. It may hold good likewise in other instances.

The habit of giving full dress performances in trees is not as rare as
may be thought. I dc not, however, remember having ever seen any re-
ference being made to it in the literature.

I have not so far mentioned that the female Satin-bird does also build

120 BIOLOGY OF THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD.

a somewhat more primitive bower than that of the male, though only using
it “prior to and during nidification”. I consider this action as merely
imitative of that of the male. It seems, however, to throw an interesting
sidelight on her possible awareness in some way of the part she plays in
the reproductive cycle. The sexual stimulation the male receives from
posturing in the ceremonial in her presence no doubt reacts on her in a
similar way. Mutual stimulation is thus not only important psychologically,
but must exercise a decisive influence on her reproductive organs.

As Mr. P. A. Gilbert has done all the pioneering work as regards the
female, I can do no better than refer to his interesting papers (1928, 1940)
on the subject.

References:
Campbell, A. J., 1901. Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds.
Cott, Hugh B., 1940. Adaptive Coloration in Animals.
Darwin, Charles, 1871. The Descent of Man.

Gilbert, P. A., 1928. Australian Zoologist, Vol. V., Part 2, p. 141. 1940. Emu,
Vol. 39, p. 209.

Gould, John, 1848. The Birds of Australia, Vol. IV. 1865. Handbook to
the Birds of Australia, Vol. I.

Hess, C., 1914. Lichtsinn and Farbensinn in der Tierreihe.
Huxley, Julian, 1940. The Uniqueness of Man.

Jackson, Sid. W., 1907. The Jacksonian Biological Collection. 1920. Emu,
Vol. 19, p. 258.

Marshall, Dr. F. H. A., 1929. Nature, Vol. 124, p. 655. 1936. Phil. Trans.
Roy. Soc. London, Ser. B., Vol. 226, pp. 423-456.

Morrison-Scott, T. C. S., 1937. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. 107, Ser. A,
p. 41.

Newton, Alfred, 1896. A Dictionary of Birds.

North, A. J., 1901-1904. Nests and Eggs of Birds found Breeding in Aus-
tralia and Tasmania, Vol. I.

Nubling, E., 1921. Emu, Vol. 21, p. 11, and Vol. 39, p. 22.

Parsons, Sir J. H., 1924. Colour Vision. 1927. The Theory of Perception.

Pycraft, W. I., 1910. A history of Birds. 1914. The Courtship of Animals.
Ridgway, R. 1912. Colour Standards.

Rothschild, The Hon. Walter, 1893. Tierreich-Aves: Paradiseidae.

Simson, Dr. Colin C., 1907. Ibis, 9th Ser., Vol. I., p. 380.

Thomson, J. Arthur, 1923. The Biology of Birds.

Wood, Dr. Casey A., 1925. American Journal of Ophthalmology, Vol. 8, No. 2.

121

REVIEWS.

“Furred Animals of Australia.’”’ By Ellis Troughton, C.M.Z.S. Illustrated in
natural colours, by Neville W. Cayley, F.R.Z.S. Angus & Robertson,
Sydney, 1941. Price, 14/6.

It is a trite saying to describe a book as “filling a long-felt want”, but
no better one could be applied to this handsome and comprehensive work.

Australia was described by Dr. W. K. Gregory, one of America’s leading
biologists, as a “land of living fossils” in reference to its preponderating
fauna of Monotremes and Marsupials which, with a few American excep-
tions, are found outside of Australia only as fossil remains.

Mr. Troughton, Mammalogist to the Australian Museum, presents to us
a most comprehensive description of every Known Australian “furred”
animal, not only of the egg-laying Monotremes, and the Marsupials with
their young produced in embryo and nourished in a pouch, but all the
placental mammals such as Rats, Mice, Bats, Seals and other genera which
have more or less world-wide distribution. The animals are grouped
according to their family characteristics, structure and habits, commencing
with the egg-laying Monotremes, followed by the Marsupial-mice and
Marsupial-rats. Then come the carnivorous Native cats, the Tasmanian
Devil and Tiger. The Marsupial Anteater and Mole are succeeded by the
Bandicoots, while the Possums, Koala, Wombats and Kangaroos follow in
detail, concluding the Marsupial Group. The placental Mammals, Dingo,
Whales, Seals, Dugong, Rats, Mice and Bats make an imposing list of this
great second group.

Preceding and following the classified lists are extremely interesting
notes on the early discoveries of Australian animals, their economic uses,
conservation, and an appeal to Australians to preserve their natural
heritage.

By giving a general sketch of the family characteristics of each group,
Mr. Troughton avoids much unnecessary repetition, and enables the reader
to realise the sphere in natural economics occupied by the family in ques-
tion. The description of each species is generally brief, consisting mostly
in detail of the features differentiating one individual species from another,
but the distribution, life-histories and habits where known are dealt with at
commendable length: Only in one particular an improvement might be
suggested, and that is a reference to the relative or maximum recorded size
of each species.

The illustrations by Cayley are for the greater part strikingly life-like,
and in this particular the Kangaroos with their varied coloration, the Tas-
manian Devil with its snarling and offensive attitude, and the Thylacine or
Tasmanian Wolf, with its curious thick kangaroo-like tail may be specially
mentioned. The difficulty confronting the artist in the case of the small
Marsupial Mice and the non-Marsupial Rats and Mice can be easily ap-
preciated, where the specific differences of colour, measurements of ears,
tail, etc., are not easily emphasised in the small coloured figures, ten or
eleven of which may be illustrated on one page. Of these coloured figures
there are 170, or nearly one-half of the species and subspecies listed, 400 in
number. Never before has such an array of coloured figures of Australian
animals been placed within the reach of everyone. Such publications as
John Gould’s Monographs are only for the rich or for reference libraries,
and the handbooks by Lucas and Le Souef or Le Souef and Burrell depict
the animals only from photographs of living examples or mounted skins in

122 REVIEWS.

museums. In most instances Cayley has given the animal a characteristic
or natural background of tree, foliage, rock or other surrounding.

Both author and artist are to be congratulated upon the production of
a book which, entailing much arduous labour, is yet published at a very low
price.—A.F.B.H.

Sailor Men’s Ghosts. By Malcolm Uren. Robertson & Mullens, Melbourne.
1940. 9/-.

Coast of Adventure. By Charles Barrett. Robertson & Mullens, Melbourne.
1941. 9/-.

The islands of Australia, almost countless in number, are full of interest
to the naturalist, the anthropologist, and the historian. Every group, and
many individual islets of some groups, carry a message from Nature’s store-
house, from the varied repositories of native art, culture or legend, or from
the records of the early adventurers in search of the Great South Land.

Charles Barrett is already well known as a writer about birds, animals
and reptiles of our Continent, and in his latest work he tells of his visits to
the fascinating islands of the north—those facing Torres Strait and the
Gulf of Carpentaria—on some parts of which he claims to be the first
white naturalist to set foot. Every spot yielded material in the way of new
species of ants, lizards, or shells, while his accounts of the weird rock paint-
ings must fill the average ethnologist with envy. In what only claims to be
a narrative of adventure, spiced with the constantly recurring dangers from
storms, “shovel-nosed” spears, and other fearsome risks to which he was
exposed, the author has a most tantalising way of suggesting the finding
of a new shell or animal, without giving it a description close enough for
subsequent identification by other naturalists visiting the same places. One
hopes that the full results of his expeditions will some day be published in
a scientific journal. Every island or port visited is identified with the re-
cords of the early voyagers, from whose diaries many quaint and interesting
extracts are included in the narrative. The illustrations from his own
photographs depict many curious examples of native art, while the chief
picture of interest to naturalists is one of the Banded Anteater, or Numbat
of the aborigines.

Malcolm Uren is not so prolific a writer in our field as Barrett, nor does
he pretend to know anything about natural history as a science. His book
is primarily and chiefly historical of the fate of a Dutch expedition, wrecked
on the islands known as Houtman’s Abrolhos. Incidentally to this narra-
tive, mostly translated from old Dutch records, Uren adds a vivid description
of the reefs and their inhabitants, the sea birds, enough to make one long
to pay a visit to those celebrated haunts of the Tern and Osprey.

Both of the above books should be in the library of every naturalist.—
A.F.B.H.

“Seashore, Swamp and Bush.” By Ada Jackson. Robertson & Mullens,

Melbourne, 1941. Price, 7/6.

Under the pen-name of Ajax, the author of the above work (Mrs. C. W.
Fawcett), is a well-known writer of natural history articles, couched in a
popular and often humorous vein. Her present work contains brightly
written and informative articles on the various objects met with on the sea-
shore, in the bush, and the swamps. She takes the reader over the beaches
where her own hunting has been carried on, and describes the starfish, sea-
eggs, molluscs and fishes found washed up after storms, and illustrates
many with her own quaint little sketches. Frogs, planarians, insects and

REVIEWS. 123

oysters alike form objects upon which her gay fancy paints living pictures,
and her poetic instinct clothes them with humorous verse. Many fine photo-
graphs add attraction to a volume which should find appreciation amongst
the youthful seeker after information, while the adult scientist will find
much to amuse in the way the authoress handles her “subjects.”—A.F.B.H.

“SHARKS AND RAYS OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND.”
Presentation to His Majesty the King.

His Excellency, the Governor-General (Lord Gowrie), having intimated
that His Majesty the King would be glad to accept a copy of Mr. Whitley’s
book, “Sharks and Rays of Australia and New Zealand”, a copy of the work
was forwarded through His Excellency, the Governor of New South Wales
(The Lord Wakehurst), Patron of the Society, and the following corres-
pondence has been received.

“Government House,
SYDNEY,

6th June, 1941.
Dear Sir,—

With reference to your letter of the 27th December, 1940, forwarding
under separate cover a copy of Mr. Whitley’s book, “Sharks and Rays of
Australia and New Zealand”, for transmission to His Majesty, I now have
pleasure in forwarding copy of a letter from the Private Secretary to the
King, received by His Excellency the Governor-General, in which it is asked
that His Majesty’s thanks be conveyed to the author.

Yours faithfully,
T. Iredale, Esq., (Sgd.) L. A. ROBB,

Hon. Secretary, Official Secretary.
Royal Zoological Society,
28 Martin Place, Sydney.”

“Buckingham Palace,

29th April, 1941.
My Dear Governor-General,—

I have received and laid before The King, the copy of ‘Sharks and
Rays of Australia and New Zealand”, which you forwarded with your letter
of January 11th.

His Majesty has been graciously pleased to accept this book and asks
if you will be good enough to convey an expression of his thanks to the
author, Mr. G. P. Whitley.

Yours sincerely,
(Sgd.) A. H. L. HARDINGE.
His Excellency,
The Governor-General of Australia,
Government House,
CANBERRA.”

Note: The second Part of Mr. Whitley’s work is in a forward state of
preparation, and will probably be published about the middle of 1942.

124
A LANTERN FISH FROM MACQUARIE ISLAND.
By G. P. WHITLEY.
(Contribution from the Australian Museum.)

Family MycTopHIDAE.
Genus MycropHum Rafinesque, 1810, sensu lato.
MyYcTOPHUM ANDERSSONI Lonnberg, 1905.

Myctophum anderssoni Lonnberg, Zool. Anzeiger, xxviii., April 25, 1905, p.
763; and Wiss. Ergeb. Schwed. Sudpolar. Exped., v., 6, 1905, p. 61. [N.E.
of Falkland Iss. South Atlantic Ocean], 49 deg. 56 min. S. Lat. x 49 deg.
56 min. W. Long. Jd. Brauer, Wiss. Ergeb. Deutsch. Tiefsee Exped.
Valdivia, xv., 1, 1906, pp. 161 and 172, fig. 84. Jd. Parr, Bull. Bingh.-
Oceanogr. Coll., iii., 3, 1928, p. 58. Jd. Chapman, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1xxxvi., 1939, pp. 526-7.

Two small specimens of this South Atlantic species were found in The
Australian Museum amongst some unregistered and unidentified material
from Macquarie Island. They were originally obtained by the Australian
Antarctic Expedition, but were not listed in Waite’s 1916 report and con-
stitute a new record for the little-known fauna of Macquarie Island.

The larger example has the following characters: D. 12? A. 16? Head
(10 mm.) 3.4, depth (8) 4.2 in standard length (34). Eye (4) 2.5, snout
(2) 5, interorbital (3) 3.3 in head.

Snout rather pointed. Eye subcircular, non-telescopic, lens central.
Antorbital organ of moderate size but ill-defined. Upper jaw with sym-
physial notch. Posterior end of maxillary broadened, reaching little
behind eye.

Photophores without black dividing septum. None above 1.lat. Pol
absent. Op. 1; PVO 2 or 3; PLO. absent; PO. 5, VLO. absent; VO. 4; SAO.
absent; 2 anterior AO. elevated, plus 13, in a single, continuous group; 2
Pre. Some of the lateral photophores may be missing through loss of
scales.

Scales cycloid. Apparently no luminous scales. Squamation deciduous.
No supra- or infracaudal luminous plates.

PROPOSED DESTRUCTION OF SEALS IN VICTORIAN WATERS.

The fishermen of Western Port, Victoria, agitated for the destruction
of Seals on the ground that they damaged their nets and ate 40 lb. of fish
each per diem. The number thus disporting themselves in Western Port
was estimated at 100,000. The Chief Secretary of Victoria at first an-
nounced that he would not allow any Seals to be killed, but later he
reversed his decision. The Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria and the
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales have both entered strong
protests against this later decision, but the Minister states that he will
proceed to call for tenders to destroy 1,000 Seals under stringent condi-
tions. It is hoped that the conditions will be such as to deter anyone from
tendering.—A.F.B.H.

THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. X. PLATE L.

OL ECL I OL We mee 3 :
agkt ie Es Ag teF Soe GRE ERE NRW 2 Ae

ile F i 3d ‘ ) . : EE er

GRW.

Fig. 4. Mountain Trout, Galazias bongbong. Lectotype, Bong Bong,
New South Wales.

Fig. 19. Rough Squirrel Fish, Holotrachys oligolepis. Holotype,
Western Australia.

Fig. 26. Ethiopian, Notograptus gregoryi. Holotype, Shark’s Bay,
Western Australia.

Fig. 28. Australian Tusk, Dannevigia tusca. Holotype,
Western Australia.

THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. X. PLATE II.

Fig. 29. Baggy Angler Fish, Lophiocharon goramensis, Off Cairns,
Queensland,

Fig. 30. Rough Angler Fish, Antennarius asper. Murray Island,
Queensland.

THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. x. PLATE IIt.

Bone

f, + Sasha asta!
a

ME

Papuan LAND MOLLUSCA.

Tue AUSTRALIAN ZCOLOGIST, Vol. x. PLATE IV.

Papuan LAND MOLLUSCA.

THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. x. PLATE V.

Two bowers with walls joined. Top-hamper on each wall.
Biology of Satin Bower-Bird.

Photographs by E. Nubling.

EE mae

oe?

- [Members joining after 1st January ‘in any year pay one-half subscription.)
Life Associate Member .. .. .. .. .. .. we oe
ee RIOT ya Sh a Wiea erie anata Vig iad waite gn Vaus £10 0 0 "

No subscription.
Honorary Associate Member .. .. .. ...... Elected for services to
Honorary Member .. .. .. .. .. 2. 2s ee ee Australian Zoology or to
D the Society.

TITLES.
(Conferred by the Council.)

Fellow .. .. .. .. .. For distinguished services to Australian Zoology.
Associate Benefactor. For contribution of £100 to the Society’s Funds.
Benefactor .. .. 3 ye £500 ,, 5, 3 ”
Endowment Member Pan 4 £1,000 ,, ,, * i

PRIVILEGES.

Members of all classes may attend all meetings of the Society and its
various Sections. Every member (other than an Associate or Life Associate
member) receives a free pass to Taronga Zoological Park and Aquarium,
and twenty tickets each year, admitting 20 adults or 40 children to the
Park only.

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP
should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Box 2399 M.M., G.P.O.,
Sydney, accompanied by a remittance of the amount of subscription. The
number of Ordinary Members is limited to 350, and should there be no
vacancy at the time of application, the applicant will be registered as an
Associate Member, and shall take precedence in accordance with the date
of his admission to Associate membership.

PUBLICATIONS.

‘The Australian Zoologist ”’

A Journal containing papers relating to the Zoology of Australia.
Published at irregular intervals. Subscription to ordinary members
elected prior to July 1, 1933, 1/- per annum; ordinary members elected
after June 30, 1933, and all associate members, 2/6 per annum.

Vol. No. Parts. Date. Pp. Plates. Price
. (unbound).
£s.d.
I, 8. 1914-20. 256. 19. 1 0 0
Ii. 4. 1921-22. 172. 45. 12 6
Tir. 8. 1922-25. 362. 41. 100
IV. 6. 1925-27. 362. 49. 100
V. 4, 1927-29. 362. 41, 100
VI. 4. 1929-31. 394, 32. 100
VII. 5. 1931-33. 398. 23. 1 00
VI. 4. 1934-37. 346. 19. 17 6
1D: @ 4, 1937-40. 454. 36. 1.00

Note:—Single parts of any volume may be obtained at published prices,
less 20 per cent. to members or associates. Prices may be ascertained on
application to the Honorary Secretary.

£210 Oin one sum.

PUBLICATIONS (Continued). )

AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. MURAI (hein at

‘The Fishes of Australia, Part I, “Sharks and Rays”, by Gilbert P.
’ Whitley, F.R.Z.S. 280 pp., and over 300 illustrations. Price, 7/6. i catinisai) ‘a
Australia, 54d. British Possessions, 74d. Foreign, 113d.

(Note: “The Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South Wales” is out . ) ;
of print.) oe

A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, by Tom Iredale and A. F.
Basset Hull. 168 + xiii. pp., 21 plates and portrait. Price, 5/-. Postage:
Australia, 54d. British Possessions, 94d. Foreign, 1/63. Heath

06 Bibliography of Australian Entomology, 1775-1930, by © Ante
i Musgrave, F.ES. 380 + viii. pp. Price, 10/-. near “ipod 64d.
British Possessions, 94d. Foreign, 1/64d. .

tf Australian Spiders and Their Allies, by W. W. seoeeate FRZS. Price,
F 2/6. Postage: Australia, 14d. British Possessions, 23d. Foreign, 34d. Ny

CONTENTS OF THIS PART.

Ichthyological Notes and Illustrations, by G. P. Whitley .. .. ...... 1
A Basic List of the Land Mollusca of Papua, by Tom Iredale .. .. .... 51
A Contribution to the Biology of the Satin Bower-Bird, by E. Nubling -. 95

Book Reviews .. .. .. AYRE am RARER Nah iss ARTY 5 Lt
“Sharks and Rays of ASHE ahd Mase Zealand” . BG oie) 0 ea
A Lantern Fish from Macquarie Island, by G. P. Whitley ay AN
Proposed Destruction of Seals in Victorian Waters .. ............ 124

“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.”

Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should be
typewritten.

Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when
submitting MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate
title will be supplied gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained
on application to the Editor.

Wholly set up and printed in Australia by the Sydney & Melbourne Publishing Co. Pty., Ltd.,
29 Alberta St., Sydney.